Agilent Technologies | 8922M | User`s guide | Agilent Technologies 8922M User`s guide

Agilent Technologies 8922M/S GSM Test Set
Programming Reference Guide
Agilent Part No. 08922-90212
Printed in UK
January, 1998
© Copyright 1998, Agilent Technologies. All rights reserved. Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without prior
written permission is prohibited, except as allowed under the copyright laws.
Station Road, South Queensferry, Scotland, EH30 9TG, UK
Contents
1
Command Guidelines
Command Names............................................................................................................................................................................ 1-2
Programming Format Conventions ................................................................................................................................................. 1-2
If you have Agilent Technologies 8922M/S Option 010 ................................................................................................................ 1-3
Units of Measure............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-4
Measurement Subsystems............................................................................................................................................................... 1-5
Syntax Diagrams............................................................................................................................................................................. 1-5
Optional Commands ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1-6
Command Descriptions................................................................................................................................................................... 1-7
Output RF Spectrum Modulation Reference Measurement Averaging .......................................................................................... 1-8
2
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
GPIB Programming Exercises ........................................................................................................................................................ 2-2
Exercise A - Establishing a Link .................................................................................................................................................... 2-3
Example B - Controlling the Mobile .............................................................................................................................................. 2-4
Example C - Making Measurements .............................................................................................................................................. 2-6
Example D - Adding Robustness .................................................................................................................................................. 2-11
Example E - Faster Testing ........................................................................................................................................................... 2-12
GPIB Commands Used in Exercises............................................................................................................................................. 2-14
Example Programs ........................................................................................................................................................................ 2-16
Sample Output .............................................................................................................................................................................. 2-18
Program 1...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-19
Program 2...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-29
Program 3...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-40
Transient Settling Times .............................................................................................................................................................. 2-50
3
AF Analyzer Subsystem
AIN ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3-4
DEMPhasis ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-4
DEMPhasis:GAIN .......................................................................................................................................................................... 3-4
DETector ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-4
DETector:PKLocation..................................................................................................................................................................... 3-5
DETector:SETTling ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3-5
ELResistor ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-5
FILTer1............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3-6
FILTer2............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3-6
GTIMe ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3-6
INPut ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-7
INPut:GAIN.................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-7
SMPoint .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-7
NOTCh:GAIN................................................................................................................................................................................. 3-7
RANGing ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 3-8
SPEaker:MODE.............................................................................................................................................................................. 3-8
SPEaker:VOLume........................................................................................................................................................................... 3-8
Contents-1
Contents
4
AF Generator Subsystem
AMPLitude ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-3
COUPling........................................................................................................................................................................................ 4-3
FREQuency..................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-3
5
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
ACLevel .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-4
AM .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-4
DCAM............................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-4
DCFM ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-5
DCVolts........................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-5
DISTortion ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-5
FM................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-6
FREQuency..................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-6
SELect............................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-6
SINad .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 5-7
6
Bit Error Test Subsystem
BITS................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6-3
LOOPback:LDELay ....................................................................................................................................................................... 6-3
LOOPback:LDELay:MODE........................................................................................................................................................... 6-3
TYPE............................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-4
7
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
BESelect.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-4
BERRor:COUNt ............................................................................................................................................................................. 7-4
BERRor:ICOunt.............................................................................................................................................................................. 7-4
BERRor:IRATio.............................................................................................................................................................................. 7-5
BERRor:RATio ............................................................................................................................................................................... 7-5
BTESted.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-5
CRC:COUNt ................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-6
CRC:ICOunt ................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-6
CRC:IRATio.................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-6
CRC:RATio..................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-7
FERasure:COUNt ........................................................................................................................................................................... 7-7
FERasure:ICOunt............................................................................................................................................................................ 7-7
FERasure:IRATio............................................................................................................................................................................ 7-8
FERasure:RATio ............................................................................................................................................................................. 7-8
FLSelect .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-8
FLTYpe ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-9
IBTested .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-9
SSTatus ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-9
Contents-2
Contents
8
Cell Configuration Subsystem
ABCCh............................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-7
ABCCh:BCC .................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-7
CCHannel........................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-7
CCHannel:SDCCH8:ARFCn.......................................................................................................................................................... 8-8
CCHannel:SDCCH8:TSLot............................................................................................................................................................ 8-8
BA ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-8
CA ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8-9
MA1 ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-9
MA1:IOFFset.................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-9
MA2 .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-10
MA2:IOFFset................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-10
[:GSM900]:BA.............................................................................................................................................................................. 8-10
[:GSM900]:CA ............................................................................................................................................................................. 8-11
[:GSM900]:MA1 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 8-11
[:GSM900]:MA1:IOFFset ............................................................................................................................................................ 8-11
[:GSM900]:MA2 .......................................................................................................................................................................... 8-12
[:GSM900]:MA2:IOFFset ............................................................................................................................................................ 8-12
LAI:MCCode ................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-12
LAI:MNCode................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-13
LAI:LACode ................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-13
SCELl:ARFCn .............................................................................................................................................................................. 8-13
SCELl:BCC .................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-13
SCELl:NCC .................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-14
STATe............................................................................................................................................................................................ 8-14
9
Cell Control Subsystem
AUDio:DAI:ATESt ......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-8
AUDio:DAI:NORMal..................................................................................................................................................................... 9-8
AUDio:LOOPback.......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-8
AUDio:LOOPback:FAST ............................................................................................................................................................... 9-8
AUDio:LOOPback:FE .................................................................................................................................................................... 9-8
AUDio:LOOPback:OFF ................................................................................................................................................................. 9-9
AUDio:LOOPback:NOFE .............................................................................................................................................................. 9-9
AUDio:SPEech:CONFigure ........................................................................................................................................................... 9-9
AUDio:SPEech:EDELay .............................................................................................................................................................. 9-10
AUDio:SPEech:GAIN .................................................................................................................................................................. 9-10
AUDio:SPEech:PRBS:PATTern ................................................................................................................................................... 9-10
CALL:CONNect ........................................................................................................................................................................... 9-11
CALL:COUNt:BSYNc ................................................................................................................................................................. 9-11
CALL:COUNt:DERRor | FERRor ............................................................................................................................................... 9-11
CALL:COUNt:PAGE ................................................................................................................................................................... 9-11
CALL:COUNt:RACH .................................................................................................................................................................. 9-12
CALL:COUNt:RESet ................................................................................................................................................................... 9-12
CALL:END................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-12
CALL:LIMit ................................................................................................................................................................................. 9-12
CALL:ORIGinate ......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-13
CALL:PAGing .............................................................................................................................................................................. 9-13
CALL:RECeive............................................................................................................................................................................. 9-13
CALL:SIGNaling.......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-14
Contents-3
Contents
CALL:TCH:ARFCn ..................................................................................................................................................................... 9-14
CALL:TCH:TSLot........................................................................................................................................................................ 9-14
CALL:STATus:CALLer................................................................................................................................................................ 9-14
CALL:STATus:CIPHering[:STATe] ............................................................................................................................................. 9-15
CALL:STATus:MM[:STATe]........................................................................................................................................................ 9-15
CALL:STATus:RR[:STATe] ......................................................................................................................................................... 9-16
CALL:STATus:STATe................................................................................................................................................................... 9-16
CALL:STATus:TCH:ARFCn........................................................................................................................................................ 9-16
CALL:STATus:TCH:MALLocation ............................................................................................................................................. 9-17
CALL:STATus:TCH:MODE ........................................................................................................................................................ 9-17
CALL:STATus:TCH:TSLot .......................................................................................................................................................... 9-17
CALL:STATus:TCH:TYPE .......................................................................................................................................................... 9-17
CALL:TCHControl....................................................................................................................................................................... 9-18
CALL:TCHControl:EXECute ...................................................................................................................................................... 9-18
MODE........................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-18
MS:DRX[:STATe]......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-19
MS:DTX[:STATe] ......................................................................................................................................................................... 9-19
MS:TADVance .............................................................................................................................................................................. 9-19
MS:TADVance:MODE ................................................................................................................................................................. 9-19
MS:TLEVel ................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-20
TCH1 or TCH2:ARFCn................................................................................................................................................................ 9-20
TCH1 or TCH2:MALLocation ..................................................................................................................................................... 9-20
TCH1 or TCH2:MODE ................................................................................................................................................................ 9-20
TCH1 or TCH2:TSLot.................................................................................................................................................................. 9-21
TCH1 or TCH2:TYPE .................................................................................................................................................................. 9-21
10
Configure Subsystem
BADDress ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-7
BEEPer.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-7
BMODe......................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-7
COMPatible .................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-8
DATE ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 10-8
INTensity....................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-8
OFLevel:MODE............................................................................................................................................................................ 10-8
OFLevel:AUXin............................................................................................................................................................................ 10-9
OFLevel:AUXout.......................................................................................................................................................................... 10-9
OFLevel:RFINout ......................................................................................................................................................................... 10-9
OPERation:AUTO ...................................................................................................................................................................... 10-10
OPERation:HOLD ...................................................................................................................................................................... 10-10
PRINt:ADDRess ......................................................................................................................................................................... 10-10
PRINt:DESTination .................................................................................................................................................................... 10-11
PRINt:FFENd ............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-11
PRINt:FFSTart ............................................................................................................................................................................ 10-11
PRINt:LINes ............................................................................................................................................................................... 10-11
PRINt:PRINter............................................................................................................................................................................ 10-12
PRINt:TITle ................................................................................................................................................................................ 10-12
RADio ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-12
RFIMpedance.............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-12
ROSCillator:CALibrate .............................................................................................................................................................. 10-13
ROSCillator[:FREQuency] ......................................................................................................................................................... 10-13
Contents-4
Contents
ROSCillator:OFFset.................................................................................................................................................................... 10-13
ROSCillator:TUNing .................................................................................................................................................................. 10-13
ROUT.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-14
SPORt:BAUD ............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-14
SPORt:DATA .............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-14
SPORt:IBECho ........................................................................................................................................................................... 10-14
SPORt:PARity............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-15
SPORt:RPACe............................................................................................................................................................................. 10-15
SPORt:SIN.................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-15
SPORt:STOP............................................................................................................................................................................... 10-16
SPORt:XPACe ............................................................................................................................................................................ 10-16
TIME........................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-16
11
CW Subsystem
PMZero ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 11-2
12
CW Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FREQuency[:ABSolute] ............................................................................................................................................................... 12-3
FREQuency:ERRor....................................................................................................................................................................... 12-3
FREQuency:SELect...................................................................................................................................................................... 12-3
POWer ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 12-4
13
DISPlay Subsystem
[:SCReen]...................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-3
BETest:MNUMber:LEFT ............................................................................................................................................................. 13-3
BETest:MNUMber:RIGHt............................................................................................................................................................ 13-3
CELL:SACCh:ACEL1.................................................................................................................................................................. 13-3
CELL:TCH[:SELect].................................................................................................................................................................... 13-4
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK................................................................................................................................................. 13-4
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK:PCS......................................................................................................................................... 13-4
DSPanalyzer:VIEW ...................................................................................................................................................................... 13-4
FREeze.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 13-5
MSYNc:BURSt:NUMBer ............................................................................................................................................................ 13-5
ORFSpectrum:VIEW.................................................................................................................................................................... 13-5
PULSe:VIEW ............................................................................................................................................................................... 13-6
SANalyzer:CONTrol .................................................................................................................................................................... 13-6
14
DSP Analyzer Subsystem
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:FALL......................................................................................................................................... 14-3
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:MID........................................................................................................................................... 14-3
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:RISE.......................................................................................................................................... 14-3
AMPLitude:PMZero ..................................................................................................................................................................... 14-3
AMPLitude:TIME ........................................................................................................................................................................ 14-4
DBITs:TPOLarity ......................................................................................................................................................................... 14-4
PHASe:MARKer:POSition........................................................................................................................................................... 14-4
PHASe:MIDamble........................................................................................................................................................................ 14-4
Contents-5
Contents
15
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:AMPLitude ........................................................................................................................................................... 15-4
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:FALL ....................................................................................................................................... 15-4
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:MID......................................................................................................................................... 15-5
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:RISE ........................................................................................................................................ 15-5
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:FALL.......................................................................................................................................... 15-6
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:MID............................................................................................................................................ 15-6
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:RISE........................................................................................................................................... 15-7
[:AMPLitude]:MSUMmary .......................................................................................................................................................... 15-7
[:AMPLitude]:NPFLatness ........................................................................................................................................................... 15-8
[:AMPLitude]:PPFLatness............................................................................................................................................................ 15-8
[:AMPLitude]:PTCPower ............................................................................................................................................................. 15-8
[:AMPLitude]:TRACe .................................................................................................................................................................. 15-9
DBITs............................................................................................................................................................................................ 15-9
DBITs:TAGS................................................................................................................................................................................. 15-9
FBIT............................................................................................................................................................................................ 15-10
FMERrors ................................................................................................................................................................................... 15-10
PHASe[:ERRor]:FREQuency..................................................................................................................................................... 15-10
PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK .............................................................................................................................................................. 15-11
PHASe[:ERRor]:RMS ................................................................................................................................................................ 15-11
PHASe:MARKer:ERRor ............................................................................................................................................................ 15-12
PHASe:MARKer:TIME.............................................................................................................................................................. 15-12
PHASe:MBURst ......................................................................................................................................................................... 15-12
PHASe:MBURst:COUNt ........................................................................................................................................................... 15-13
PHASe:MBURst:DONE............................................................................................................................................................. 15-13
PHASe:MBURst:ERRors ........................................................................................................................................................... 15-13
PHASe:TRACe ........................................................................................................................................................................... 15-13
SSTatus ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 15-14
16 EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
BRATe........................................................................................................................................................................................... 16-3
DATA?........................................................................................................................................................................................... 16-3
DATA <data entry> ....................................................................................................................................................................... 16-4
RESet ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 16-4
TIMEout:MS:XON ....................................................................................................................................................................... 16-4
TIMEout:MS:RESPonse............................................................................................................................................................... 16-5
17
Fast Bit Error Test
BITS.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 17-3
LOOPback:LDELay ..................................................................................................................................................................... 17-3
LOOPback:LDELay:MODE......................................................................................................................................................... 17-3
FORMat ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 17-3
RFGenerator:ATSLot.................................................................................................................................................................... 17-4
Contents-6
Contents
18
Fast Bit Error Test (Measure Subsystem)
BTESted........................................................................................................................................................................................ 18-3
IBTested ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 18-3
BERRor:COUNt ........................................................................................................................................................................... 18-3
BERRor:ICOUnt........................................................................................................................................................................... 18-3
BERRor:IRATio............................................................................................................................................................................ 18-4
BERRor:RATio ............................................................................................................................................................................. 18-4
BESelect........................................................................................................................................................................................ 18-4
SSTatus ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 18-4
19
Fast TX Carrier Power (Measure Subsystem)
FTCPower[:POWer]...................................................................................................................................................................... 19-2
20
Hop Control Subsystem
ADDRess ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 20-4
ADDRess:NEXT .......................................................................................................................................................................... 20-4
ADDRess:RESet ........................................................................................................................................................................... 20-4
ADDRess:SOURce ....................................................................................................................................................................... 20-4
CTENd .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 20-5
DELete .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 20-5
INSert............................................................................................................................................................................................ 20-5
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:CTENd........................................................................................................................................... 20-6
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:DELete........................................................................................................................................... 20-6
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:FREQuency ................................................................................................................................... 20-6
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:INSert ............................................................................................................................................ 20-7
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:MODE ........................................................................................................................................... 20-7
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:SETTling ....................................................................................................................................... 20-7
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator[:TRIGger]:ASTate ......................................................................................................................... 20-8
21 IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*CLS (Clear Status) ...................................................................................................................................................................... 21-2
*ESE (Event Status Enable) ......................................................................................................................................................... 21-3
*ESR? (Event Status Register) .................................................................................................................................................... 21-4
*IDN? (Identification Number) .................................................................................................................................................... 21-5
*OPC (Operation Complete) ....................................................................................................................................................... 21-6
*OPT? .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 21-7
*RCL (Recall) .............................................................................................................................................................................. 21-8
*RST (Reset)................................................................................................................................................................................. 21-9
*SAV (Save) ............................................................................................................................................................................... 21-10
*SRE (Service Request Enable) ................................................................................................................................................ 21-11
*STB? (Status Byte) .................................................................................................................................................................. 21-12
*TST? (Test) .............................................................................................................................................................................. 21-13
*WAI (Wait) ............................................................................................................................................................................... 21-14
Contents-7
Contents
22
LOGGing Subsystem
DATA:FLUSh ............................................................................................................................................................................... 22-3
DATA:CLEar................................................................................................................................................................................. 22-3
PFILter .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 22-3
STATe............................................................................................................................................................................................ 22-4
23
Measurement Sync Subsystem
BURSt:LENGth ............................................................................................................................................................................ 23-3
BURSt:SPSPosition ...................................................................................................................................................................... 23-3
BURSt:TQUalifier ........................................................................................................................................................................ 23-3
BURSt:TYPE................................................................................................................................................................................ 23-4
BURSt:UDSPattern....................................................................................................................................................................... 23-4
SYNC:BSELect ............................................................................................................................................................................ 23-4
SYNC:MODE ............................................................................................................................................................................... 23-5
24
Mobile Station Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MS:TERRor .................................................................................................................................................................................. 24-3
MS:TADVance .............................................................................................................................................................................. 24-3
SACCh:ACEL1:ARFCn ............................................................................................................................................................... 24-3
SACCh:ACEL1:BCC.................................................................................................................................................................... 24-3
SACCh:ACEL1:NCC ................................................................................................................................................................... 24-3
SACCh:ACEL1:RLEVel............................................................................................................................................................... 24-4
SACCh:FULL:RLEVel ................................................................................................................................................................. 24-4
SACCh:FULL:RQUality .............................................................................................................................................................. 24-4
SACCh:PARTial:RLEVel.............................................................................................................................................................. 24-4
SACCh:PARTial:RQUality ........................................................................................................................................................... 24-4
SACCh:RESet............................................................................................................................................................................... 24-5
SACCh:TADVance........................................................................................................................................................................ 24-5
SACCh:TLEVel ............................................................................................................................................................................ 24-5
Contents-8
Contents
25
MS Information Subsystem
CIPHering:AMODe ...................................................................................................................................................................... 25-3
CIPHering:KC .............................................................................................................................................................................. 25-3
CIPHering:KI................................................................................................................................................................................ 25-4
CIPHering:RAND......................................................................................................................................................................... 25-4
CIPHering:SRES .......................................................................................................................................................................... 25-4
CIPHering[:STATe]....................................................................................................................................................................... 25-4
MS:ATTach ................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-5
MS:CMARk:PCLass?................................................................................................................................................................... 25-5
MS:CMARk:REVision? ............................................................................................................................................................... 25-5
MS:CMARk:BAND?.................................................................................................................................................................... 25-5
MS:IMEI:REQuest ....................................................................................................................................................................... 25-6
MS:IMEI? ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-6
MS:IMSI:SPAGing ....................................................................................................................................................................... 25-6
MS:IMSI? ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-6
MS:LAI:LACode? ........................................................................................................................................................................ 25-6
MS:LAI:MCCode? ....................................................................................................................................................................... 25-7
MS:LAI:MNCode? ....................................................................................................................................................................... 25-7
MS:ONUMber? ............................................................................................................................................................................ 25-7
MS:PAGPer................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-7
MS:SRES? .................................................................................................................................................................................... 25-7
[:PAGing]:IMSIdentity ................................................................................................................................................................. 25-8
[:PAGing]:TMSI:REALlocation ................................................................................................................................................... 25-8
[:PAGing]:TMSI:STATe................................................................................................................................................................ 25-8
26
OSCilloscope Subsystem
CONTrol ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 26-3
MARKer:NPEak ........................................................................................................................................................................... 26-3
MARKer:PPEak............................................................................................................................................................................ 26-3
MARKer:POSition........................................................................................................................................................................ 26-3
SCALe:TIME................................................................................................................................................................................ 26-4
SCALe:VERTical:AM .................................................................................................................................................................. 26-4
SCALe:VERTical:FM................................................................................................................................................................... 26-4
SCALe:VERTical:OFFSet ............................................................................................................................................................ 26-5
SCALe:VERTical:VOLTs............................................................................................................................................................. 26-5
TRIGger:LEVel............................................................................................................................................................................. 26-5
TRIGger:MODE ........................................................................................................................................................................... 26-6
TRIGger:PRETrigger.................................................................................................................................................................... 26-6
TRIGger:RESet............................................................................................................................................................................. 26-6
TRIGger:SENSe ........................................................................................................................................................................... 26-7
TRIGger:SOURce......................................................................................................................................................................... 26-7
TRIGger:TYPE ............................................................................................................................................................................. 26-7
Contents-9
Contents
27 Oscilloscope Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:LEVel:AM..................................................................................................................................................................... 27-3
MARKer:LEVel:FM ..................................................................................................................................................................... 27-3
MARKer:LEVel:VOLTs ............................................................................................................................................................... 27-3
MARKer:TIME............................................................................................................................................................................. 27-4
TRACe .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 27-4
28 Output RF Spectrum Subsystem
FREQuency:OFFSet ..................................................................................................................................................................... 28-3
MARKer:POSition........................................................................................................................................................................ 28-3
MODE........................................................................................................................................................................................... 28-4
SACalibrate................................................................................................................................................................................... 28-4
29 Output RF Spectrum Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FBIT.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 29-3
FMERrors ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-3
MARKer:LEVel ............................................................................................................................................................................ 29-3
MARKer:TIME............................................................................................................................................................................. 29-4
[:POWer] ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-4
SSTatus ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-5
TRACe .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 29-6
30 PULSe On/Off Ratio Subsystem
MARKer[:POSition]:FALL .......................................................................................................................................................... 30-3
MARKer[:POSition]:RISE ........................................................................................................................................................... 30-3
MARKer:OPOSition:FALL .......................................................................................................................................................... 30-3
MARKer:OPOSition:RISE ........................................................................................................................................................... 30-4
SACalibrate................................................................................................................................................................................... 30-4
31 Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FBIT.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 31-3
FMERrors ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-3
MARKer:LEVel:FALL ................................................................................................................................................................. 31-3
MARKer:LEVel:RISE .................................................................................................................................................................. 31-4
MARKer:TIME:FALL.................................................................................................................................................................. 31-4
MARKer:TIME:RISE................................................................................................................................................................... 31-5
OORatio:FALL ............................................................................................................................................................................. 31-5
OORatio:RISE .............................................................................................................................................................................. 31-5
SSTatus ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 31-6
TRACe:FALL ............................................................................................................................................................................... 31-7
TRACe:RISE ................................................................................................................................................................................ 31-7
Contents-10
Contents
32
RF Analyzer Subsystem
AGC:CALibrate ............................................................................................................................................................................ 32-4
AGC:DVALue ............................................................................................................................................................................... 32-4
AGC:MODE ................................................................................................................................................................................. 32-4
AMPLitude1 ................................................................................................................................................................................. 32-4
AMPLitude2 ................................................................................................................................................................................. 32-5
[:AMPLitude]:ACCuracy.............................................................................................................................................................. 32-5
[:AMPLitude]:CONTrol ............................................................................................................................................................... 32-5
FREQuency................................................................................................................................................................................... 32-6
FREQuency:GTIMe...................................................................................................................................................................... 32-6
FREQuency:HMEas ..................................................................................................................................................................... 32-6
FREQuency:OFFSet ..................................................................................................................................................................... 32-7
GTIMe .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 32-7
INPut ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 32-7
ARFCn .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 32-7
33
RF Generator Subsystem
AMPLitude1 ................................................................................................................................................................................. 33-3
AMPLitude1:ATTenuation[:AUTO]............................................................................................................................................. 33-3
AMPLitude2 ................................................................................................................................................................................. 33-3
AMPLitude2:ATTenuation[:AUTO]............................................................................................................................................. 33-3
FREQuency................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-4
MODulation:DCAM ..................................................................................................................................................................... 33-4
MODulation:DCAM:DVALue...................................................................................................................................................... 33-5
MODulation:GMSK ..................................................................................................................................................................... 33-5
MODulation:PULSe ..................................................................................................................................................................... 33-5
MODulation:PULSe:MODE ........................................................................................................................................................ 33-6
OUTPut ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 33-6
34
SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
CONTrol ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-3
MODE........................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-3
SEND ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 34-3
STATus .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 34-4
MESS1 or MESS2:CODE ............................................................................................................................................................ 34-4
MESS1 or MESS2:UPDate .......................................................................................................................................................... 34-4
MESS1 or MESS2:IDENtifier ...................................................................................................................................................... 34-5
MESS1 or MESS2:LANGuage .................................................................................................................................................... 34-5
Contents-11
Contents
35 Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
ATTenuator ................................................................................................................................................................................... 35-4
ATTenuator:MODE....................................................................................................................................................................... 35-4
ATTenuator2 ................................................................................................................................................................................. 35-4
ATTenuator:MODE....................................................................................................................................................................... 35-5
CFRequency.................................................................................................................................................................................. 35-5
MARKer:CFRequency.................................................................................................................................................................. 35-5
MARKer:NPEak ........................................................................................................................................................................... 35-5
MARKer:PEAK ............................................................................................................................................................................ 35-5
MARKer:POSition........................................................................................................................................................................ 35-6
MARKer:RLEVel.......................................................................................................................................................................... 35-6
RLEVel1........................................................................................................................................................................................ 35-6
RLEVel2........................................................................................................................................................................................ 35-6
SPAN............................................................................................................................................................................................. 35-7
TRACe:MHOLd ........................................................................................................................................................................... 35-7
VBWidth ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 35-7
36 Spectrum Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:FREQuency................................................................................................................................................................... 36-3
MARKer:LEVel ............................................................................................................................................................................ 36-3
TRACe .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 36-3
37 Status Subsystem
Status Subsystem - Status Byte..................................................................................................................................................... 37-3
CONDition.................................................................................................................................................................................... 37-7
ENABle......................................................................................................................................................................................... 37-7
[EVENt] ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 37-7
NTRanistion.................................................................................................................................................................................. 37-7
PTRanistion................................................................................................................................................................................... 37-8
PRESet .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 37-8
38 System Subsystem
SYSTem[:ERRor] ......................................................................................................................................................................... 38-2
Contents-12
Contents
39 Tests Subsystem
COMMent1 .........................................................................................................................................................................................5
COMMent2 .........................................................................................................................................................................................5
CONFigure?........................................................................................................................................................................................5
EXECution:DESTination....................................................................................................................................................................6
EXECution:FAILure ...........................................................................................................................................................................6
EXECution:HEADing1 ......................................................................................................................................................................7
EXECution:HEADing2 ......................................................................................................................................................................7
EXECution:RESults............................................................................................................................................................................8
EXECution:RUN ................................................................................................................................................................................9
FREQuency? .......................................................................................................................................................................................9
LIBRary? ..........................................................................................................................................................................................10
PARMameter?...................................................................................................................................................................................10
PROCedure:AUTOstart.....................................................................................................................................................................10
PROCedure:LOCation ......................................................................................................................................................................11
PROCedure:NAME...........................................................................................................................................................................11
PROCedure:PRINt:CONFigure ........................................................................................................................................................11
PROCedure:PRINt:FREQuency .......................................................................................................................................................11
PROCedure:PRINt:PARameter.........................................................................................................................................................12
PROCedure:PRINt:SEQuence ..........................................................................................................................................................12
PROCedure:PRINt:SPEC .................................................................................................................................................................12
PROCedure:RUN ..............................................................................................................................................................................12
SEQNumber? ....................................................................................................................................................................................13
SPEC? ...............................................................................................................................................................................................13
40 Trigger Subsystem
ABORt .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 39-4
ASTate........................................................................................................................................................................................... 39-4
BETest........................................................................................................................................................................................... 39-4
BETest:MODE.............................................................................................................................................................................. 39-5
DDEMod:ADJMode ..................................................................................................................................................................... 39-5
DDEMod:ASTate.......................................................................................................................................................................... 39-5
DDEMod:SOURce ....................................................................................................................................................................... 39-6
DELay ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 39-6
HTCH............................................................................................................................................................................................ 39-6
HTCH:ARFCn[:SPECific]............................................................................................................................................................ 39-7
HTCH:ARFCn:AUTO .................................................................................................................................................................. 39-7
[:IMMediate]................................................................................................................................................................................. 39-7
MODE[:DSP]................................................................................................................................................................................ 39-8
MODE:RETRigger ....................................................................................................................................................................... 39-8
SOURce ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 39-9
UMEMory:SOURce ..................................................................................................................................................................... 39-9
UMEMory:STATus ..................................................................................................................................................................... 39-10
Appendix A - [:INUM] - Integer Numeric Fields
Appendix B - [:FNUM] - Floating Point Numeric Fields
Commands ......................................................................................................................................................................................B-3
Contents-13
Contents
Appendix C - [:FNUM-MOD] - Floating Point Numeric (less MODE)
Commands ..................................................................................................................................................................................... C-3
Appendix D - [:MM] - Measurement Fields
Commands ..................................................................................................................................................................................... D-3
Appendix E - [:MM-MOD] - Measurement Fields (less UNITs, DUNits, AUNits)
Commands ......................................................................................................................................................................................E-3
Appendix F - [:AVG] - Measurement Fields Using Averaging
Commands ...................................................................................................................................................................................... F-3
Appendix G - [:MET] - Measurement Fields Using Meters
Commands ..................................................................................................................................................................................... G-3
Appendix H - [:MULTI-B] - Measurement Fields Using Multi-Burst
Commands ..................................................................................................................................................................................... H-3
Contents-14
1
Command Guidelines
Rules and guidelines for using General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB)
programming are contained in this chapter. Chapters 3 and onwards outline each
GPIB command subsystem used with the Agilent 8922M/S.
Each subsystem chapter starts with a syntax diagram followed by a simple
explanation of each command within that subsystem.
1-1
Command Guidelines
Command Names
Command Names
Generally all commands of greater than four characters have an alternate abbreviated form
using only the upper case letters and number (if used).
Upper or lower case characters may be used for all commands.
For example, to set the amplitude of RF Generator 1, you could use any of the following
commands:
RFGENERATOR:AMPLITUDE1 -10DBM or
RFGenerator:AMPLitude1 -10DBM
rfgenerator:amplitude1 -10DBM or
rfg:ampl1 -10DBM or
RFG:AMPL1 -10DBM
Programming Format Conventions
Syntax commands and returned data descriptions use the following format conventions.
Upper case
letters
Indicate the shortened acceptable form of a command.
Square
brackets
[ ], indicate that enclosed command or command parameters are optional.
Vertical bar
|, indicates that one-and-only-one item separated by the vertical bar can be used at any given
time. The vertical bar is read as “or.” For example, ‘A’ | ‘B’ indicates that either A or B can
be chosen, but not both.
Question
mark
?, indicates a query command. Most commands accept this command when it is entered
immediately after the command name. The returned information (<value>) varies in format
according to the type of the field.
Quoted string Fields that accept quoted string parameters will return the active choice in quotes when
queried. For example if the RF generator Output was set to the RF IN/OUT parameter
(RFG:OUTP “RF IN/OUT”) and the queried (RFG:OUTP?), the return would be “RF IN/
OUT”.
Decimal
Fields that accept decimal numeric data will return the current field value as an
numeric data exponentiated decimal number.
Floating
Fields that accept floating point numeric data will return the current field value as a floating
numeric data point number in the current
GPIB units.
Character
data
Fields that accept character data (unquoted strings) will return the queried information
without quotes.
1-2
Command Guidelines
If you have Agilent Technologies 8922M/S Option 010
Quotation
marks
“ ”, enclose command and string entries. Be sure to follow the correct syntax for using
quotations that are specific to your basic language.
Colons
:, are used to separate keywords and show hierarchical relationship.
”RFANalyzer:FREQuency 935 MHz”
A Semicolon
and a Colon
;:, are used to separate two or more root level command statements on the same line.
Semicolons
;, can also be used to condense command words on one line if the commands are equal, or
of decreasing hierarchy under the keyword. (The following example is equivalent to the
previous command statement, but the root level keyword :RFAN is removed by using
semicolons.)
”RFAN:INP ’RF IN/OUT’;:RFAN:AMPL1 −20 dBm”.
”RFAN:INP ’RF IN/OUT’;AMPL1 −20 dBm”
Commas
Are used to separate multiple parameter entries.
Angle
brackets
< >, enclose variable items that represent user choices (parameters) to be entered.
If you have Agilent Technologies 8922M/S Option 010
If you have the Agilent 8922M/S Option 010 Multi-Band Test System, you will have
access to some additional GPIB commands.
Refer to the Agilent 8922 Multi-Band User’s Guide for a full description of these
commands. The additional commands are either part of a current subsystem or are part of
the new Dual Band Control subsystem.
The Agilent 8922 Multi-Band User’s Guide gives a programming example of the Dual
Band Control GPIB commands.
1-3
Command Guidelines
Units of Measure
Units of Measure
Units for measurements
These are implemented such that a measurement query result will be
returned in the current GPIB unit.
Units for settings These are implemented such that if a unit is not sent along with the
setting value, then a default GPIB unit is used.
•
For example, RFGenerator:AMPLitude1 assumes dBm and
RFGenerator:FREQuency assumes Hz. If a unit is sent with the
setting, then this unit will be used. The GPIB unit may be
changed using the units commands described later.
•
Each measurement or setting description defines the allowable
units for that field. When units are sent with a command, they
should not be quoted.
The complete allowable set of GPIB units that setting queries or
measurement queries may be returned in are:
• DB (dB), DBM (dBm), DBUV (dB micro-volt),
• DEG (degree), DIV (division),
• HZ (Hz), OHM (ohm), PCT (percent), PPM (parts-per-million),
• S (second), T (bit periods),
• V (volt), W (watts)
The complete allowable set of units that can be sent with setting
commands or units that can be displayed on the front panel are:
• DB (dB), DBM (dBm), DBMW (dB milli-watt), DBUV (dB microvolt),
• HZ (Hz), KHZ (kHz), MHZ (MHz), GHZ (GHz),
• T (bit periods), S (second), MS (milli-second), US (microsecond),
• V (volt), MV (millivolt), UV (microvolt),
• W (watts), MW (milliwatt),
• PCT (percent), PPM (parts-per-million),
• DEG (degree) DIV (division), OHM (ohm)
1-4
Command Guidelines
Measurement Subsystems
Measurement Subsystems
Measure Subsystem
Commands
Measure commands are used to control measurements and get back
the value of the displayed measurement. To get a valid measurement,
the instrument must first be set up to access the desired measurement.
In most cases, this means that you must be on the screen (or set of
screens) associated with the measurement. For example, to retrieve
Output RF Spectrum measurement results, you must be on the Output
RF Spectrum ’Main’ screen or ’Trace’ screen. (See the DISPlay
subsystem commands.) The Trigger commands are then used to cause
a measurement to occur. Once a measurement result is available it
may be queried.
Syntax Diagrams
Each GPIB Subsystem chapter starts with a syntax diagram. This diagram uses a graphical
format to represent the hierarchical structure of a subsystem. The diagram also indicates
possible options and references to other command sets.
The following describes two graphical conventions used in the syntax diagrams.
Sp
Means a space must be used as part of the command line. For
example;
AFAN:AIN<space>‘GND’
:
Represents a colon in the command line.
AFAN:AIN ‘GND’
1-5
Command Guidelines
Optional Commands
Optional Commands
The following lists the optional command groups that are used with many of the GPIB
Command Subsystems. The list describes the abbreviation used for each optional set and
its corresponding Appendix, that gives more details of the options available.
Optional
Command
Abbreviation
Reference
Appendix
Description
[:INUM]
Appendix A
Increment integer numeric fields
[:FNUM]
Appendix B
Floating point numeric field
[:FNUM-MOD]
Appendix C
Floating point numeric field without INCR:MODE
[:MM]
Appendix D
Measurement fields
[:MM-MOD]
Appendix E
Measurement fields without units commands
[:AVG]
Appendix F
Measurement fields that use averaging
[:MET]
Appendix G
Measurement fields that use meters
[:MULTI-B]
Appendix H
Measurement fields that use Multi Burst measurements
Examples;
RFGenerator:AMPLitude1 <real> | [:FNUM]
When this command appears in a program it can be written as follows;
RFG:AMPL1:UNITs? ................or
RFG:AMPL1:INCRement UP ..........or
RFG:AMPL1:INCR:MODE:LINear ......or
RFGENERATOR:AMPLITUDE1 -10DBM ...or
RFG:AMPL1:INCRement:DUNits -1DBM
1-6
Command Guidelines
Command Descriptions
Command Descriptions
Each command in this guide is given a description, an example of its syntax and possible
options. These commands are shown as follows;
Command Name
Description
This gives a brief description of what the command can be used for.
Some units that can be used with the command, are also listed.
Syntax
This gives the syntax for the command. Each command is listed in
full, although the abbreviated version can also be used, as explained
in “Command Names”.
Options
These are not strictly optional parts of the command. They also list
necessary parts of the command. Refer to “Programming Format
Conventions” for details on what is optional and what is necessary.
1-7
Command Guidelines
Output RF Spectrum Modulation Reference Measurement Averaging
Output RF Spectrum Modulation Reference Measurement
Averaging
The Agilent 8922M/S makes the modulation reference measurement of the Output RF
Spectrum (ORFS) due to modulation test based on a single burst measurement. If you
wish to comply with the GSM Recommendation 11.10, then the following information
will be of interest.
The spectrum due to modulation portion of the GSM ORFS recommendation specifies
maximum levels of power, measured at given frequency offsets from the nominal carrier
frequency, relative to a reference measurement at the carrier frequency. The
recommendation calls for the reference measurement and all other measurements to be
averaged over 200 bursts.
To get averaged ORFS due to modulation measurement results relative to an averaged
reference as in GSM Recommendation 11.10, refer to the following example GPIB script:
!Make a single Modulation Reference measurement.
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:AVERage:STATe OFF”
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:REFerence:STATe OFF”
OUTPUT Gpib;”TRIGger:MODE ‘SINGLE’”
OUTPUT Gpib;”DISPlay:SCReen ORFS”
OUTPUT Gpib;”DISPlay:ORFSpectum:VIEW ‘MAIN’”
OUTPUT Gpib;”ORFSpectrum:MODE ‘MOD REF’”
OUTPUT Gpib;”TRIGger:ASTate ‘ARM’”
!Make 200 modulation measurements at 0 kHz offset and average them.
!This result is the correction factor to the single Modulation
!Reference measurement done earlier.
OUTPUT Gpib;”ORFSpectrum:MODE ‘MODULATN’”
OUTPUT Gpib;”ORFSpectrum:FREQuency:OFFSet 0 KHZ”
OUTPUT Gpib;”DISPlay:ORFSpectrum:VIEW ‘TRACE’”
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:AVERage:VALue 200”
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:AVERage:STATe ON”
OUTPUT Gpib;”TRIGger:MODE ‘CONT’”
WAIT 150
!The Agilent 8922M/S makes about 2 measurements per second.
!The Agilent 8922S must be allowed about 1600 seconds.
!This wait allows at least the needed 200 measurements
!to occur for averaging per GSM Recommendations.
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer?”
ENTER Gpib;Correction$
OUTPUT Gpib;”TRIGger:MODE ‘SINGLE’”
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:AVERage:STATe OFF”
!Enter the correction factor as the Reference value ( REF SET ) for the
!following measurements.
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:REFerence:VALue ”&Correction$
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:ORFSpectrum:POWer:REFerence:STATe ON”
OUTPUT Gpib;”MEASure:RESet”
!The ORFS Modulation measurement is now ready for use.
!Do not forget to use averaging.
1-8
2
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
This Chapter introduces the user to automatic GSM mobile phone testing using the
Agilent 8922M and Agilent 8922S GSM Test Set. GPIB (IEEE 488.2) is used in
conjunction with BASIC programming exercises and example programs to illustrate the
most effective techniques for efficient and high speed phone tests.
2-1
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
GPIB Programming Exercises
GPIB Programming Exercises
Before Starting
Power-up the Agilent 8922M/S and carry out the following checks before beginning the
exercise:
❒ On the rear panel, the OPT 001 REF OUT should be connected with a short BNC cable
to the REF IN connector.
❒ Use the front panel knob to select the CONFIG screen. Check the Compatible field is
set to 8922M or 8922S.
❒ On the CONFIG screen, set the GPIB address to 14 and check the GPIB mode is set to
talk&lstn.
❒ Connect the GPIB cable from your computer to the Agilent 8922M/S.
❒ Load a Test SIM (Subscriber ID Module) in the mobile.
❒ Connect a GSM mobile to the Agilent 8922M/S front panel RF IN/OUT connector.
Carry out the following programming exercises, check your program works after each
exercise.
2-2
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Exercise A - Establishing a Link
Exercise A - Establishing a Link
Originate a Call
Begin the program by setting the GPIB address variable Uut=714, then select commands
from section “GPIB Commands Used in Exercises” to carry out the following actions:
❒ Preset the Agilent 8922M/S and set up the paging IMSI and external cable loss, zero
the power meter.
❒ Page the mobile.
❒ Establish a program loop to wait for the mobile to answer the call.
❒ End the loop when the mobile answers or when too much time has elapsed.
Tips:
The BASIC REPEAT UNTIL loop is useful in this application. The loop can be used to
keep checking the Agilent 8922M/S call status until the returned variable becomes equal
to “CONNECTED” or a time-out counter is exceeded. Place a WAIT 1 statement inside
the loop so that the Agilent 8922M/S call status is checked once per second. For more
help, look at the ‘PAGE THE MOBILE AND ESTABLISH A CALL’ section of example
program 1 in section “Example Programs”.
End the Call
Add additional lines to your program to end the call. Select the GPIB commands from
“GPIB Commands Used in Exercises” and use the same structure as for call set up. This
time, wait for the status to become equal to “INACTIVE”.
Tips:
For help, look at the “END THE CALL” section of example program 1 in section
“Example Programs”.
2-3
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example B - Controlling the Mobile
Example B - Controlling the Mobile
Mobiles need to be tested on a variety of frequency channels (ARFCN) and transmitter
power levels (TX Level). The Agilent 8922M/S uses over-the-air signalling to command
the mobile to any ARFCN or TX Level. ARFCN changes can be made using channel
assignments, with the signalling taking place over the GSM Fast Associated Control
Channel (FACCH). TX Level changes are signalled using the GSM Slow Associated
Control Channel (SACCH). The choice of FACCH or SACCH has been made by the
GSM specifications.
Before extending your program to control the mobile, press the LOCAL key on the
Agilent 8922M/S and manually establish a call with the mobile. In the MOBILE PHONE
section of the Cell Control screen, use the knob to select TX Level. Using the arrow keys,
quickly change the TX Level from 15, to 14, to 13, to 12, to 10, to 9, to 8, to 7, to 6, to 5
and back down to 15. Notice the mobile’s uplink SACCH reports of TX Level in the
CELL STATUS area of the screen. Notice also the Peak Power measurement in the centre
of the screen. Observe the sequence of events, first you command a new TX Level, about
1 second later, the mobile changes its output power, and shortly after, confirms the new
TX Level on the uplink SACCH, to be displayed on the Agilent 8922M/S.
The sequence for ARFCN changes is similar. Because channel assignments use the
FACCH, the process happens more quickly. There is still a perceptible delay from the
channel change being commanded, by changing the Channel value under MOBILE
PHONE, to the TRAFFIC Channel value being confirmed under CELL STATUS.
TX Level Changing
Extend your program, selecting GPIB commands from section “GPIB Commands Used in
Exercises”, to cycle the mobile’s TX Level from 5 to 15 with the following steps:
❒ Establish call as in exercise A.
❒ Set up a loop to count through the TX Levels.
❒ Command the phone to the new TX Level.
❒ Check the reported TX Level, loop until the reported value matches the programmed
value, or too much time has elapsed.
❒ Repeat for the next TX Level.
❒ End call as in Exercise A.
2-4
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example B - Controlling the Mobile
Tips:
The BASIC FOR NEXT loop is ideal for controlling the TX Levels. For example, start the
loop with FOR Txlevel = 5 TO 15 and end with NEXT Txlevel. Use a REPEAT UNTIL
structure to check the reported TX Level. This time, use a delay of WAIT 0.4. For more
help, look at the ‘PERFORM FAST POWER MEASUREMENTS’ section of example
program 1 in section “Example Programs”.
ARFCN Changing
Once your program is working, add another FOR NEXT loop outside the Txlevel loop to
change ARFCN from 1, to 63, to 124. The new program will cycle the mobile from TX
Level 5 to 15 at ARFCN 1, then from 5 to 15 on ARFCN 63, then from 5 to 15 on ARFCN
124. Add a PRINT statement to display the ARFCN and TX Level.
The flow of the mobile control part of the program will be as follows:
❒ Establish call as in exercise A.
❒ Set up a loop to count through three ARFCN.
❒ Command the phone to the new ARFCN.
❒ Check the reported ARFCN, loop until the reported value matches the programmed
value, or too much time has elapsed.
❒ Set up a loop to count through the TX Levels.
❒ Command the phone to the new TX Level.
❒ Check the reported TX Level, loop until the reported value matches the programmed
value, or too much time has elapsed.
❒ Print the ARFCN and TX Level.
❒ Repeat for the next TX Level.
❒ Repeat for the next ARFCN.
❒ End call as in Exercise A.
Tips:
Use a REPEAT UNTIL loop as before to check for confirmation of the mobile’s channel
change, this time use a WAIT 0.1 inside the loop. It may be helpful to use an array to hold
the ARFCN. For example Arfcnar(1)=1, Arfcnar(2)=63, Arfcnar(3)=124, then FOR X=1
TO 3 and Arfcn=Arfcnar(X). For more help, look at the ‘PERFORM FAST POWER
MEASUREMENTS’ section of example program 1 in section “Example Programs”.
2-5
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example C - Making Measurements
Example C - Making Measurements
In this section we first add a TX Power measurement, then modulation accuracy and
receiver sensitivity tests.
TX Power Measurement
TX peak power is measured using the Fast TX Carrier Power measurement. This
measurement can take place in parallel with GSM signalling operations such as ARFCN
or TX Level changes. TX peak power is normally displayed on the Cell Control screen.
The Agilent 8922M/S RF Analyser automatically adjusts its input attenuation and gain to
match the power expected from the mobile. The Expected Input power is displayed at the
bottom of the Cell Control screen. This expected power provides a convenient
comparison with the measured power. For a perfect mobile, the expected and measured
values are the same. Select GPIB commands from section “GPIB Commands Used in
Exercises” to query the measured and expected power and insert them immediately before
the PRINT statement in your program. Modify the PRINT statement to display ARFCN,
TX Level, Expected Power and Measured Power. The program flow should be as follows:
❒ Establish call as in exercise A.
❒ Set up a loop to count through three ARFCN.
❒ Command the phone to the new ARFCN.
❒ Check the reported ARFCN, loop until the reported value matches the programmed
value, or too much time has elapsed.
❒ Set up a loop to count through the TX Levels.
❒ Command the phone to the new TX Level.
❒ Check the reported TX Level, loop until the reported value matches the programmed
value, or too much time has elapsed.
❒ Query the Fast TX Carrier Power (TX Peak Power).
❒ Query the RF Analyser Expected Input.
❒ Print the ARFCN, TX Level, Expected Power, Measured TX Peak Power.
❒ Repeat for the next TX Level.
❒ Repeat for the next ARFCN.
❒ End call as in Exercise A.
2-6
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example C - Making Measurements
Tips:
For help, look at the “PERFORM FAST POWER MEASUREMENT” section of example
program 1.
DSP Measurements
Modulation accuracy for GSM is determined by measuring the phase and frequency error.
The Agilent 8922M/S uses its DSP analyser for making this measurement. When
triggered, the DSP analyser samples a single GSM TDMA burst and performs several
measurements in parallel namely: peak phase error, rms. phase error, frequency error,
power versus time, data bit display, burst timing and TX peak power. The DSP analyser
shares measurement hardware with the Agilent 8922M/S real-time demodulator. The
hardware can be switched from one mode to another, either making measurements or
demodulating. The demodulator is used to decode the traffic channel and control channel
data being transmitted by the mobile on the up-link. This control information includes the
FACCH and SACCH used for changing ARFCN and TX Level. For this reason, different
techniques are used for ARFCN and TX Level changing while performing DSP
measurements.
TX Level changes are signalled on the down-link SACCH. When the level change is
complete, the mobile signals the new TX Level on the up-link SACCH. The
Agilent 8922M/S does not need to decode this message for the level change to operate
correctly. For TX Level changes, the DSP analyser can remain configured for
measurements and does not need to re-configured for demodulation. However, the up-link
SACCH reports, used in our program to confirm the TX Level change, are not being
demodulated and so are not available to read.
ARFCN changes are signalled using the FACCH. In order for the channel assignment to
work correctly, a two-way exchange of messages has to take place between the mobile and
the Agilent 8922M/S. This requires the DSP analyser to be configured for demodulation.
When an ARFCN change is requested during a DSP measurement, the DSP analyser is
automatically re-configured for demodulation, the channel assignment is performed, once
complete, the DSP analyser is configured for measurements once more.
Single trigger mode is most suitable for DSP measurements over GPIB. ARFCN changes
can be accomplished simply by programming the new ARFCN and triggering the DSP
measurement. The measurement will begin only once the channel change has been
completed. TX Level changes are accomplished by programming the new TX Level then
triggering the DSP measurement. Since the DSP measurement takes 200 to 300
milliseconds to be initialised and sample a TDMA burst, there is a reasonable probability
that in many cases the mobile will have changed level in time for the first measurement.
Checking the measured TX power is close to the expected power provides confirmation
that the TX Level change has been performed. If the measured power is different from the
expected power, the DSP measurement can be performed up to two additional times. The
time taken for three DSP measurements exceeds the time allowed for a mobile to make a
TX Level change.
2-7
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example C - Making Measurements
Select commands from section “GPIB Commands Used in Exercises” to create the
following program flow:
❒ Select single trigger mode for DSP measurements.
❒ Establish call as in exercise A.
❒ Perform TX peak power test on channels 1, 63, 124, levels 5 to 15 with code from
exercise B and C.
❒ Display the DSP analyser phase and frequency error screen.
❒ Set up a loop to count through three TX Levels: 5, 10 and 15.
❒ Command the phone to the new TX Level.
❒ Set up a loop to count through three ARFCN: 1, 63, 124.
❒ Command the phone to the new ARFCN.
❒ Trigger a DSP measurement.
❒ Query the peak phase error and rms. phase error.
❒ Query the frequency error and TX peak power.
❒ Query the RF analyser expected input.
❒ Compare measured and expected power, loop to trigger DSP measurement if they are
more than 1dB different. Loop a maximum of three times.
❒ Print the ARFCN, TX Level, Peak and Rms. Phase Error and Frequency Error.
❒ Repeat for the next ARFCN.
❒ Repeat for the next TX Level.
❒ Return to the Cell Control screen.
❒ End call as in exercise A.
Tips:
Placing the TX Level changing loop outside the ARFCN changing loop has several
benefits. The process of changing ARFCN is faster, so the program will run more quickly.
The delay associated with the first ARFCN change will go in parallel with the time taken
for the mobile to respond to the SACCH and change TX Level. This increases the
probability of the mobile being settled on the new TX Level when the DSP measurement
is performed, reducing the number of times it will need to be repeated to get a TX peak
power value close to the expected value. Look at the ‘PERFORM DSP
MEASUREMENTS’ section of example program 1 for more help.
2-8
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example C - Making Measurements
Receiver Sensitivity Test
Bit Error Ratio (BER) is the primary measure of GSM receiver sensitivity. For a handheld mobile, the residual type II BER should be less than 2.4% at -102dBm. For most
mobile testing, the downlink power will be maintained at a relatively high level of around
-80dBm. This level is dropped to -102dBm to perform the BER test, then increased again
to -80dBm once the test is complete. When the mobile’s receiver input level drops from
-80 to -102dBm, its receiver AGC compensates by increasing gain. The AGC time
constant varies from mobile to mobile. It can take several seconds for the receiver to
adjust to the new power level and be ready for BER testing. If the level change is large
and followed by a channel assignment, the mobile will often drop the call because its
receiver is not able to decode the FACCH while adjusting to the reduced input power.
Select GPIB commands from "GPIB Commands Used in Exercises" to extend your
program as follows:
❒ Select single trigger mode for DSP measurements
❒ Select single trigger mode for BER measurements
❒ Establish call as in exercise A
❒ Perform TX peak power test on channels 1, 63, 124, levels 5 to 15 with code from
exercise B and C
❒ Perform DSP measurements with code from exercise C
❒ Display the bit error test screen
❒ Reduce the RF Generator power to -102dBm
❒ Wait 2 seconds for the mobile’s AGC to settle
❒ Set up a loop to count through three ARFCN: 1, 63, 124
❒ Command the phone to the new ARFCN
❒ Trigger a BER measurement
❒ Query the BER
❒ Repeat for the next ARFCN
❒ Increase the RF Generator power to -80dBm
❒ Return to the Cell Control screen
❒ End call as in exercise A
2-9
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example C - Making Measurements
Tips:
Experiment with shorter AGC settling times, notice the reported BER increase. Try
increasing the RF Generator power to -40dBm at the start of the program and removing
the wait statement. Does the phone drop the call? The required delay depends on the
mobile and the size of the level change. Look at the mobile’s SACCH reports of RXQual
and RXLev. Consider modifying your program to use these reports to decide when the
mobile’s AGC has settled. Look at the “PERFORM BIT ERROR MEASUREMENTS”
section of example program 1 for more help.
2-10
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example D - Adding Robustness
Example D - Adding Robustness
There are several additions which can be made to your program to increase its robustness:
❒ Check input power falls within +/-3dB specified analyser range
❒ Check DSP measurement status
❒ Check for Agilent 8922M/S error logs
❒ Provide a time-out for any measurements which do not complete
These checks add little value to a program designed to test phones which are known to
meet specification. In many cases the mobile being tested will be out of specification, the
phone may fail to produce a burst at the correct power and frequency for the DSP analyser.
If the measurement has been triggered, and no input signal is provided, an GPIB time-out
offers a convenient method for dissarming the DSP trigger and continuing the program. If
the mobile’s TX power falls outside +/-3dB of the expected value, measurement results
may not be valid. If the DSP analyser has not been able to find a good signal, or
synchronise to the burst midamble, the status message will warn of the problem. Dropped
calls and other problems are logged by the Agilent 8922M/S in an error message stack.
The messages can be queried to provide an indication of where problems have occurred
during test execution.
Read through example program 1 and look at the way the GPIB commands in "GPIB
Commands Used in Exercises" have been used to add robustness. Look for the “ERROR
AND TIMEOUT HANDLING” part of the program and the sections making DSP
measurements.
2-11
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example E - Faster Testing
Example E - Faster Testing
Load and run example program 1, then program 2, then program 3, or look at the test times
tabulated in section 4 for the Agilent 8922M. The three programs are configured to
perform an identical list of tests, yet their test times are different. This is achieved using
various techniques.
Example program 1 does use some techniques to improve speed:
❒ The complete set of DSP measurements are performed in parallel.
❒ TX peak power measurements are made in parallel with DSP measurements.
❒ Additional TX peak power measurements are made using the Fast TX Carrier Power
measurement. Points covered during the DSP test are not repeated.
❒ Loops are chosen to minimise the number of mobile TX level changes.
❒ No fixed delays are used.
❒ RXQual, RXLev and TX Timing error are checked in parallel with bit error ratio.
❒ Results are printed after testing is complete.
Example program 2 adds some additional time saving techniques:
❒ A hopped call is used for TX measurements to reduce channel changing time.
❒ Measured power is used to determine when the mobile TX Level has settled rather than
waiting for uplink SACCH report.
2-12
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example E - Faster Testing
Example program 3 uses the Agilent 8922M/S Aux RF Out port to simulate a mobile
operating in a test mode. Mobiles controlled in test modes react much faster to channel
and TX Level change commands.
❒ Delays associated with the GSM SACCH and FACCH are removed.
❒ Measurements are made with no signalling overhead time.
The time savings made in programs 2 and 3 have been almost completely during the TX
part of the test. Improving the RX bit error ratio test time would speed-up each of the
programs. As TX test times reduce, RX tests appear to take up a larger percentage of the
overall test time. Techniques for improving RX measurement times include:
❒ Take RXQual as a first indication of receiver performance. Perform bit error test only
if RX Qual is poor.
❒ Reduce the number of bits being tested and reduce the signal level from -102dBm to a
lower level. This will increase the number of bit errors in the reduced measurement
period to maintain a statistically valid test.
❒ Look for zero bit errors at -102dBm over a reduced number of bits. Use a longer
measurement only if bit errors are detected.
2-13
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
GPIB Commands Used in Exercises
GPIB Commands Used in Exercises
Commands used in exercise A:
Preset the instrument
OUTPUT Uut;”*RST”
Set the paging IMSI
OUTPUT Uut;”MSINFO:PAGING:IMSI ‘001012345678901’”
Enter an external cable loss offset of 1dB
OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:RFIN “;-1
Set external loss offset mode on
OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:MODE ‘ON’”
Zero the power meter
OUTPUT Uut;”CW:PMZERO”
Page the mobile
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:ORIGINATE”
Query the call status
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?”
ENTER Uut;Status$
End the call
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:END”
Commands used in exercise B:
Program the mobile TX Level
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlevel
Query the mobile’s reported TX Lev
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:TLEV?”
ENTER Uut;Sacchtxlev
Prgram the mobile’s Traffic Channel ARFCN
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn
Query the reported ARFCN
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STAT:TCH:ARFCN?”
ENTER Uut;Faccharfcn
2-14
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
GPIB Commands Used in Exercises
Commands used in exercise C:
Query Fast TX Carrier Power (TX Peak Power)
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:FTCP:POW?”
ENTER Uut;Txpkpwr
Query RF Analyzer Expected Input Amplitude
OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?”
ENTER Uut;Exppwr
Set the DSP Analyzer to single trigger mode
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:MODE ‘SINGLE’”
Display the DSP Analyzer (default sub-screen is phase and frequency error)
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP DSP”
Trigger a DSP measurement
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘ARM’”
Querry the rms phase error
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:RMS?”
ENTER Uut;Rmsphase
Query peak phase error
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:PEAK?”
ENTER Uut;Pkphase
Query frequency error
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:FREQUENCY?”
ENTER Uut;Freqerr
Query TX peak power
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PTCP?”
ENTER Uut;Txpkpwer
Display the Cell Control screen
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP CELL1”
Set single trigger mode for bit error measurements
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET ‘SINGLE’”
Display the bit error test screen
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR BER1”
Program the RF Generator power
OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Berpower
Trigger a bit error measurement
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET:MODE ‘RUN’”
2-15
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example Programs
Query the completed bit error test result
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:BET:BERR:RATIO1?”
ENTER Uut;Berppm
Reset the SACCH reports
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:RESET”
Query the RXQual report (-1 returned if no report yet)
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RQU?”
ENTER Uut;Rxqual
Commands used in exercise D:
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:SSTATUS?”
ENTER Uut;Sstatus$
Check for logged Agilent 8922M/S system errors
OUTPUT Uut;”SYSTEM:ERROR?”
ENTER Uut;Systemerr$
Example Programs
Speed Comparison
Using the Agilent 8922M GSM MS Test Set
Program 1
Program 2
Program 3
Time for testing
85.5 sec.
42.7 sec.
64.6 sec.a
Time for call clear down
1.1 sec.
1.1 sec.
1.1 sec.
a.Some time overhead was incurred because the Agilent 8922M was being
used to emulate a mobile in test mode. Reduced test times would be possible if the instrument was only performing measurements.
2-16
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Example Programs
Test List
Tx Tests
ARFCN
Tx Levels
Tx Power
1, 65, 124
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
14, 15
Peak and rms phase error
1, 65, 124
5, 10, 15
Frequency error
1, 65, 124
5, 10, 15
Power versus time
1, 65, 124
5, 10, 15
Rx Tests
ARFCN
Downlink Power
Residual Type II BER 10,000
bitsa
1, 65, 124
-102 dBm
Rx Qual Rx Lev
1, 65, 124
-102 dBm
MS Timing
1, 65, 124
-102 dBm
a.Up to four BER measurements can be performed in parallel with no added test
time.
2-17
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Sample Output
Sample Output
Answer call when mobile rings
Results from Fast Power Measurement
ARFCN
TXLEV
POWER dBm
1
6
31.87
1
7
29.95
1
8
27.77
1
9
25.81
1
11
20.21
1
12
18.21
1
13
16.24
1
14
14.3
65
6
31.51
65
7
29.63
65
8
27.54
65
9
25.59
65
11
20.01
65
12
20.04
65
13
18.05
65
14
16.01
124
6
31.1
124
7
29.32
124
8
27.33
124
9
25.37
124
11
21.5
124
12
19.85
124
13
17.85
124
14
15.77
Results from Power, Power vs Time & Modulation Measurements
ARFCN
1
1
1
65
65
65
124
124
124
TXLEV
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
POWER dBm
33.69
23.76
14.27
33.35
23.57
14.12
32.89
23.36
13.81
Pk & RMS PHASE
FREQ ERROR
10.89
4.554
1.8
10.14
4.362
36
11.84
4.636
.6
11.39
4.29
-2.4
11.3
4.444
18.3
14.22
4.741
-2.3
14.68
4.636
30.9
14.41
4.911
-18.1
11.95
4.905
-20
Results from BER Test
ARFCN
1
65
124
Downlink dBm
BER1%
-102
.03945
-102
.2251
-102
.1157
RxQual
0
0
0
Time for phone to camp and answer page:
Time for testing
:
Time for call clear down
:
No Errors
Would you like to test again? (y or n)
2-18
RxLev
8
8
9
TIMERR
0
0
.25
11.21 Seconds.
46.52 Seconds.
2.05 Seconds.
MASK
“Passed”
“Passed”
“Passed”
“Passed”
“Passed”
“Passed”
“Passed”
“Passed”
“Passed”
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
Program 1
10
!RE-STORE “PROG1”
20
!RE-SAVE “PROG1:,1404”
30
!===========================================================================
40
!
50
!Example program 1
60
!
70
!Introductory GPIB techniques for measuring a GSM900 mobile using the
Agilent 8922S and M
80
!GSM MS Test Sets. The program measures Tx power, power vs time, phase and frequency
90
!error, bit error ratio, timing error, Rx Lev and Rx Qual
100
!
110
!(c) Agilent Technologies 1996
120
!
130
!Rev 1.0
140
!I R HP QMD 7.9.94
150
!Slightly modified by C B 24.1.96 - Changed F/H to M/S throughout
160
!=================================================================================
170
!
180
DIM Berpwr(5)
!Downlink power levels in dBm for bit error test
190
DIM Berarfcn(125)
!ARFCN to perform bit error test on
200
DIM Dsppwr(15)
!Mobile Tx power levels for DSP test
210
DIM Dsparfcn(124)
!ARFCN to perform DSP test on
220
DIM Fparfcn(124)
!ARFCN to perform fast power test on
230
DIM Fppwr(15)
!Mobile Tx power levels for fast power test
240
DIM Message$(30)[100]
!Output strings
250
DIM Error$(50)[100]
!Error message strings
260
DIM Err$[100]
!Internally used temporary error string
270
DIM Rmspher(50,50)
!Measurement results from rms phase error, dimensions(ARFCN,TXLEVEL)
280
DIM Pkpher(50,50)
!Measurement results from peak phase error
290
DIM Frer(50,50)
!Measurement results from freq error
300
DIM Slpwr(50,50)
!Measurement results from DSP analyzer power measurement
310
DIM Txtim(50,50)
!Tx timing error measurement results
320
DIM Fpwrmeas(50,50)
!Measurement results from fast power
330
DIM Ber1(50,50)
!Bit error test measurement results, dimensions(ARFCN,Downlink Power)
340
DIM Clock(5)
!Test Times
350
DIM Mask$(50,50)[10]
!Power versus time limit mask specification
360
DIM Rxqual(50,50)
!RxQual measurement results, dimensions(ARFCN,Downlink Power)
370
DIM Rxlev(50,50)
!RxLev measurement results
380
DIM Null(50,50)
!Empty array
390
DIM Nullst$(50,50)[50]
!Empty string array
400
!
410 !=======================================================
420
!
430
!GENERAL MEASUREMENT SET UP SPECIFIED
440
!
450
Uut=714
GPIB address of Agilent 8922M/S
460
Extloss=-1
!Loss of cable linking 8922 to mobile (loss=-xdB)
470
Bchpwr=-80
!BCCH power level in dBm
480
Imsi$=”’001012345678901’”
!Paging IMSI of mobile’s test SIM
490
Timeouttime=20
!The GPIB timeout in seconds
500
Leveltol=1
!Level threshold to indicate Tx Lev settling for DSP
measurement
510
!
520 !================================================================================
530
!
540
!MEASUREMENT POINTS ARE DEFINED IN THIS SECTION
2-19
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
550
!
560
!Bit error ratio test
570
!
580
Numberpwr=1
!The number of downlink power levels for bit error
test
590
Berpwr(1)=-102
!The power level in dBm of the first downlink power.
Etc....
600
Bits1=10000
!The number of bits to test at each ARFCN/Power combination
610
Numberarfcn=3
!The number of ARFCN for bit error test
620
Berarfcn(1)=1
!The value of the first ARFCN. Etc....
630
Berarfcn(2)=65
640
Berarfcn(3)=124
650
!
660
!DSP measurememnts
670
!
680
Numdsppwr=3
!The number of mobile TX Levels for DSP test
690
Dsppwr(1)=5
!The value of the first TX Level. Etc...
700
Dsppwr(2)=10
710
Dsppwr(3)=15
720
Numdsparfcn=3
!The number of ARFCN for DSP test
730
Dsparfcn(1)=1
!The value of the first ARFCN. Etc....
740
Dsparfcn(2)=65
750
Dsparfcn(3)=124
760
!
770
!Fast Power measurements
780
!
790
Numfppwr=8
!The number of mobile TX Levels for fast power test
800
Fppwr(1)=6
!The value of the first TX Level. Etc....
810
Fppwr(2)=7
820
Fppwr(3)=8
830
Fppwr(4)=9
840
Fppwr(5)=11
850
Fppwr(6)=12
860
Fppwr(7)=13
870
Fppwr(8)=14
880
Numfparfcn=3
!The number of ARFCN for fast power test
890
Fparfcn(1)=1
!The value of the first ARFCN. Etc...
900
Fparfcn(2)=65
910
Fparfcn(3)=124
920
!
930
!===========================================================================
940
!
950
!PRINT MESSAGES ARE DEFINED BELOW
960
!
970
Message$(1)=”Answer call when mobile rings”
980
Message$(2)=”Would you like to test again? (y or n)”
990
Message$(3)=”Results from Fast Power Measurement”
1000 Message$(4)=”ARFCN
TXLEV
POWER dBm”
1010 Message$(5)=”Results from Power, Power vs Time & Modulation Measurements”
1020 Message$(6)=”ARFCN
TXLEV
POWER dBm
Pk & RMS PHASE
FREQ ERROR
MASK”
1030 Message$(7)=”Results from BER Test”
1040 Message$(8)=”ARFCN
Downlink dBm
BER1%
RxQual RxLev
TIMERR”
1050 Message$(9)=” Seconds.”
1060 Message$(10)=”Time for phone to camp and answer page: “
1070 Message$(11)=”Time for testing
: “
1080 Message$(12)=”Time for call clear down
: “
1090 !
1100 Emptyst$=”@”
1110 Empty=-999
1120 Nullst$(1,1)=Emptyst$
1130 Null(1,1)=Empty
1140 !
1150
!====================================================================================
1160 !
1170 !ERROR AND TIMEOUT HANDLING
1180 !
2-20
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
1190 Busport=INT(Uut/100)
!Get the GPIB port code from Uut
address
1200 CLEAR Busport
!Clear bus from any aborted previous
commands
1210 Timeinit$=”yes”
!Set a flag so timeout code is not
executed first pass
1220 ON TIMEOUT Busport,Timeouttime GOTO Timeflag
!Establish goto flag
for HPIB timeouts
1230 Timeflag:IF Timeinit$<>”yes” THEN
!After a timeout, execution comes
here
1240
OFF TIMEOUT Busport
1250
CLEAR Busport
!Clear any half done commands
1260
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘disarm’”
!Dissarm the DSP trigger
1270
CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Gather any error message from the
Agilent 8922M/S
1280
PRINT “Measurement Timed Out. Ending Test”
1290
IF Errcount=0 THEN
1300
Errcount=1
1310
Error$(1)=”No errors recorded”
1320
END IF
1330
FOR X=1 TO Errcount
!Print error messages
1340
PRINT Error$(X)
1350
NEXT X
1360
STOP
!Execution stops here after critical
errors
1370 ELSE
1380
Timeinit$=”no”
!Reset flag so next time, it must
be a real timeout
1390 END IF
1400 Errcount=0
1410 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Clear any old errors from
Agilent 8922M/S before the
1420 Errcount=0
!test begins
1430 !
1440
!=================================================================================
1450 !
1460 !PRESET THE Agilent 8922M/S AND SET IT TO THE CORRECT COMPATIBILITY MODE (executed once only)
1470 !
1480 !
1490 OUTPUT Uut;”*RST”
!Preset the Agilent 8922M/S
1500 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP?”
!Check compatability mode and set
to F or H
1510 ENTER Uut;Product$
1520 IF Product$<>”””8922S””” AND Product$<>”””8922M””” THEN
1530
IF Product$=”””8922E””” THEN OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP ‘8922S’”
1540
IF Product$=”””8922G””” THEN OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP ‘8922M’”
1550
OUTPUT Uut;”*RST”
!A preset is needed after compatability change
1560 END IF
1570 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Check for any errors logged by
HP 8922M/S
1580 !
1590 !===========================================================================
1600 !
1610 !SET THE Agilent 8922M/S INITIAL CONDITIONS (executed once only)
1620 !
1630 !
1640 OUTPUT Uut;”MSINFO:PAGING:IMSI “&Imsi$
!Set the paging IMSI
1650 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:RFIN “;Extloss
!Set the external cable loss
1660 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Dsparfcn(1) !Set the ARFCN to the first
expected test point
1670 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV “;Dsppwr(1)
!Set the mobile Tx Level to the
first test point
1680 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:MODE ‘ON’”
!Turn external offset mode ON to
use cable loss
1690 OUTPUT Uut;”CW:PMZERO”
!Zero the power meter
2-21
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
1700 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Bchpwr
!Set the downlink power for normal
signalling
1710 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:MODE ‘SINGLE’”
!Set the DSP meas trigger to single
trig mode
1720 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET ‘SINGLE’”
!Set bit error meas trigger to single trig mode
1730 OUTPUT Uut;”BET:BITS1 “;Bits1
!Set the number of bits to be measured for bit error
1740 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR DSP”
!Display the DSP amplitude main
screen to enter limits
1750 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR:DSP:VIEW ‘AMPL MAIN’”
!for power versus time mask
1760 DATA -40,-28,-18,-10,0,180,360,542.769,547.769,552.769,560.769,570.769 !Mask
corner times in us
1770 DATA -36,-30,-6,4,1,1,1,1,1,-6,-30,-36
!Upper
limits in dB
1780 DATA -60,-60,-60,-60,-1,-1,-1,-1,-60,-60,-60,-60
!Lower limits in dB
1790 FOR X=1 TO 12
1800
READ Masktim
!Reas corner times
from DATA statement
1810
Masktim=Masktim/1.E+6
!Convert seconds
1820
Num$=VAL$(X)
!Convert index to
string for GPIB
1830
OUTPUT Uut;”DSP:AMPL:”&”time”&Num$&” “;Masktim
!Output marker times
1840 NEXT X
1850 FOR X=1 TO 12
1860
READ Maskup
!Read and output upper
limits
1870
Num$=VAL$(X)
1880
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:HLIM “;Maskup
1890
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:HLIM:STATE ON”
1900 NEXT X
1910 FOR X=1 TO 12
1920
READ Masklo
!Read and output lower
limits
1930
Num$=VAL$(X)
1940
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:LLIM “;Masklo
1950
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:LLIM:STATE ON”
1960 NEXT X
1970 !
1980
!===============================================================================
1990 !
2000 !ESTABLISH A LOOP TO BE EXECUTED EACH TIME A MOBILE IS TESTED
2010 !
2020 !
2030 Run$=”yes”
!Flag for REPEAT loop
2040 REPEAT
2050
Clock(1)=TIMEDATE
!Start a test time
clock for call set up
2060 !
2070 !=============================================================================
2080 !
2090 !PAGE THE MOBILE AND ESTABLISH A CALL
2100 !
2110 !
2120
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CELL1”
!Display the cell
control screen
2130
PRINT Message$(1)
!Output answer call
message
2140
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:ORIGINATE”
!Page mobile
Agilent 8922M/S org call
2150
Time=0
!Set counter for mobile
to answer
2160
Maxtime=100
2170
REPEAT
2180
Time=Time+1
2190
WAIT 1
2-22
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
2200
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?”
!Check the call status
for connected
2210
ENTER Uut;Status$
2220
UNTIL Status$=”””CONNECTED””” OR Time>Maxtime
2230
IF Time>Maxtime THEN
2240
Errcount=Errcount+1
2250
Error$(Errcount)=”Call could not be established”
2260
GOTO Timeflag
!If wait too long,
goto timeout code
2270
END IF
2280
CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Check for any errors
logged
2290 !
2300
!====================================================================================
2310 !
2320
Clock(1)=TIMEDATE-Clock(1)
!End call set up timer
2330
Clock(2)=TIMEDATE
!Start measurement timer
2340 !
2350
!====================================================================================
=
2360 !
2370 !PERFORM DSP MEASUREMENTS
2380 !
2390
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP DSP”
!Return to the DSP
amplitude main screen
2400
FOR Txcount=1 TO Numdsppwr
!Outer loop for Tx
levels
2410
Txlev=Dsppwr(Txcount)
!Get Tx level from array
2420
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlev
!Program mobile’s Tx
level
2430
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numdsparfcn
!Inner loop for ARFCN
2440
Arfcn=Dsparfcn(Arcount)
!Get ARFCN from array
2450
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn
!Program link ARFCN
2460
Count=0
!Establish counter
for repeat measurements
2470
REPEAT
!May need to repeat
if mobile not settled
2480
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘ARM’”
!Arm the DSP measurement
2490
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:RMS?”
!Read all the DSP
results: rms phase error
2500
ENTER Uut;Rmspher(Arcount,Txcount)
2510 !Note: program will stick here, waiting for input if mobile fails to provide a
valid signal to trigger
2520 !
the Agilent 8922M/S. The program will timeout. The timeout code dissarms
the Agilent 8922M/S trigger.
2530
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:PEAK?” !
peak phase error
2540
ENTER Uut;Pkpher(Arcount,Txcount)
2550
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:FREQUENCY?”!
frequency error
2560
ENTER Uut;Frer(Arcount,Txcount)
2570
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:MSUM?”
!
power versus time mask
2580
ENTER Uut;Mask$(Arcount,Txcount)
2590
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PTCP?”
!
Tx power
2600
ENTER Uut;Slpwr(Arcount,Txcount)
2610
OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?”
!Read expected power
level to compare with
2620
ENTER Uut;Anlevel
!measured and +/-3dB
allowed range
2630
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:SSTATUS?”
!Check for any DSP
measurement errors
2640
ENTER Uut;Sstatus$
2-23
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
2650
Threedb=ABS(Anlevel-Slpwr(Arcount,Txcount))
!Calculate difference
between measured and expected
2660
Count=Count+1
2670
UNTIL Count=3 OR Threedb<Leveltol
!Re-do DSP once if
phone fails, the mobile
2680
IF Sstatus$<>”””No Error””” OR Threedb>3 THEN
!may still be settling
after Tx Level change
2690
Err$=”DSP Measurement Problem “
!Create an error message string
2700
IF Sstatus$<>”””No Error””” THEN Err$=Err$&Sstatus$
2710
IF Threedb>3 THEN Err$=Err$&” 3dB input range exceeded”
2720
Errcount=Errcount+1
2730
Error$(Errcount)=Err$
2740
END IF
2750
NEXT Arcount
2760
NEXT Txcount
2770
CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Check for logged
errors after DSP
2780 !
2790
!====================================================================================
2800 !
2810 !PERFORM FAST POWER MEASUREMENTS
2820 !
2830
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CELL1”
!Display cell control
screen
2840
FOR Txcount=1 TO Numfppwr
!Outer loop for mobile
Tx levels
2850
Txlev=Fppwr(Txcount)
!Get Tx level from array
2860
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlev
!Program mobile’s Tx
level
2870
Time=0
!Establish a loop to
wait for phone to
2880
Maxtime=10
!confirm over uplink
SACCH that it has
2890
REPEAT
!reached commanded Tx
level
2900
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:TLEV?”
!Read mobile’s SACCH
report of Tx Level
2910
ENTER Uut;Sacchtxlev
2920
WAIT .4
!Pause, SACCH has low
banswidth so reports
2930
Time=Time+1
!update slowly
2940
UNTIL Sacchtxlev=Txlev OR Time=Maxtime
!Check for mobile
reaching programmed Tx level
2950
IF Time=Maxtime THEN
2960
Errcount=Errcount+1
2970
Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile failed to change Tx Level”
!Error if mobile
doesn’t reach programmed level
2980
END IF
2990
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numfparfcn
!Inner loop for measurement ARFCN
3000
Arfcn=Fparfcn(Arcount)
!Get ARFCN from array
3010
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn
!Request TCH channel
assignement to new ARFCN
3020
Time=0
!Establish a loop to
wait for channel
3030
Maxtime=10
!assignment to complete
3040
REPEAT
3050
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STAT:TCH:ARFCN?”
!Check call status
for HP 8922M/S to see if
3060
ENTER Uut;Reparfcn
!mobile has reached
new channel
3070
WAIT .1
!Short pause. Channel
changes use FACCH which
3080
Time=Time+1
!is faster than SACCH
for Tx level changes
2-24
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
3090
UNTIL Reparfcn=Arfcn OR Time=Maxtime
!If reported ARFCN
matches programmed ARFCN
3100
IF Time=Maxtime THEN
!FACCH handshake is
complete and mobile is on
3110
Errcount=Errcount+1
!new channel.
3120
Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile failed channel assignment” !If mobile fails to
reach new channel, set an error
3130
END IF
!Now mobile is stable
on new Tx level and ARFCN
3140
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:FTCP:POW?”
!read the peak power
meter
3150
ENTER Uut;Fpwrmeas(Arcount,Txcount)
3160
OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?”
!Read the
Agilent 8922M/S analyzer expected input level
3170
ENTER Uut;Anlevel
!and compare with the
measured power to check that
3180
Threedb=ABS(Anlevel-Fpwrmeas(Arcount,Txcount))
!the result is within
the allowed +/-3dB window
3190
IF Threedb>3 THEN
3200
Errcount=Errcount+1
3210
Error$(Errcount)=”Fast power meas 3dB input range exceeded”
3220
END IF
3230
NEXT Arcount
3240
NEXT Txcount
3250
CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Check Agilent 8922M/
S error log
3260 !
3270!================================================================================
====
3280 !
3290 !PERFORM BIT ERROR MEASUREMENTS
3300 !
3310
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR BER1”
!Display single BER
test screen
3320
FOR Rxcount=1 TO Numberpwr
!Outer loop for downlink power levels
3330
Berpo=Berpwr(Rxcount)
!Get downlink power
level from array
3340
OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Berpo
!Program Agilent 8922M/
S Generator to downlink power
3350
Count=0
!Establish a loop to
wait for the mobile’s receiver
3360
Instance=0
!AGC to recover from
downlink level change.
3370
REPEAT
!The mobile’s reported
RXQual will indicate when
3380
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:RESET”
!the AGC has recovered. Start by clearing old SACCH
3390
Count=Count+1
!The inner REPEAT loop
is used to check and wait
3400
Rxqualsettle=-1
!for the next SACCH
report from mobile. When the
3410
Time=0
!Agilent 8922M/S is
waiting for a report, after a SACCH
3420
REPEAT
!reset it returns -1
3430
WAIT .3
!Pause. SACCH is a
low bandwidth channel.
3440
Time=Time+1
3450
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RQU?”
!Read the SACCH report
from the mobile
3460
ENTER Uut;Rxqualsettle
!-1 is returned if
Agilent 8922M/S is still waiting
3470
UNTIL Time>7 OR Rxqualsettle<>-1
!for the report
3480
IF Rxqualsettle<=4 THEN
!If RxQual is less
than 4, it’s good enough to
3490
Instance=Instance+1
!continue. The program
checks for more than
2-25
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
3500
ELSE
!3 consecutive reports
at RxQual 4 or less to
3510
Instance=0
!be be sure the mobile
has stabalized. The
3520
END IF
!mobile may return up
to 2 reports at the old
3530
UNTIL Count>20 OR Instance>3
!level, before it
recognizes the input level
3540
IF Count>20 OR Rxqualsettle=-1 THEN
!change
3550
Errcount=Errcount+1
!If RxQual does not
stabalize, report an error
3560
Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile receiver AGC did not respond to downlink level
change”
3570
END IF
3580
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numberarfcn
!Inner loop for BER
test ARFCN
3590
Arfcn=Berarfcn(Arcount)
!Get ARFCN from array
3600
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn
!Request channel
assignment. Agilent 8922M/S will hold
3610
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET:MODE ‘RUN’”
!off BER test until
channel change is done. Run test.
3620
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:RESET”
!While BER test is
running, test SACCH reports
3630
Rxlev(Arcount,Rxcount)=-1
!Clear old reports
3640
Time=0
3650
REPEAT
!Loop and wait for
SACCH report. -1 is returned
3660
WAIT .3
!when Agilent 8922M/
S is waiting for report
3670
Time=Time+1
3680
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RLEV?”
!Read RxLev
3690
ENTER Uut;Rxlev(Arcount,Rxcount)
3700
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RQU?”
!Read RxQual
3710
ENTER Uut;Rxqual(Arcount,Rxcount)
3720
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:MS:TERR?”
!Also read uplink
timing error
3730
ENTER Uut;Txtim(Arcount,Rxcount)
3740
UNTIL Time>7 OR Rxlev(Arcount,Rxcount)<>-1
!Try again if SACCH
report not ready
3750
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:BET:BERR:RATIO1?”
!Read bit error test
result
3760
ENTER Uut;Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)
3770
Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)=Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)/10000
!Convert from ppm to
%
3780
NEXT Arcount
3790
NEXT Rxcount
3800
OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Bchpwr
!Reset downlink to
normal power
3810
CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Check for any logged
errors
3820 !
3830 !=========================================================================
3840 !
3850
Clock(2)=TIMEDATE-Clock(2)
!Stop measurement timer
3860
Clock(3)=TIMEDATE
!Start call clearing
timer
3870 !
3880
!================================================================================
3890 !
3900 !END THE CALL
3910 !
3920
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP CELL1”
!Display the cell
control screen
3930
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:END”
!Request a call termination
3940
Time=0
!Establish a loop to
wait for the mobile
2-26
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
3950
REPEAT
!to clear the call
3960
Time=Time+1
3970
WAIT 1
3980
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?”
!Check the call status
3990
ENTER Uut;Status$
4000
UNTIL Status$=”””INACTIVE””” OR Time>30
!Call status will go
to inactive when the
4010
IF Time>30 THEN
!mobile has cleared
4020
Errcount=Errcount+1
4030
Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile failed to end call”
!Log an error if the
mobile fails to clear
4040
GOTO Timeflag
!and go to the timeout
code
4050
CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Check for any
Agilent 8922M/S logged errors
4060
END IF
4070
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Dsparfcn(1)
!Reset the ARFCN and
mobile Tx level ready
4080
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV “;Dsppwr(1)
!to begin testing the
next phone
4090
!===================================================================================
4100 !
4110
Clock(3)=TIMEDATE-Clock(3)
!Stop the call clearing
timer
4120 !
4130
!====================================================================================
4140 !
4150 !PRINT MEASUREMENT RESULTS
4160 !
4170
CALL
Sub_printit(Fparfcn(*),Fppwr(*),Fpwrmeas(*),Null(*),Null(*),Null(*),Null(*),Nullst$(*
),Numfparfcn,Numfppwr,Message$(3),Message$(4),Emptyst$,Empty)
4180
CALL
Sub_printit(Dsparfcn(*),Dsppwr(*),Slpwr(*),Pkpher(*),Rmspher(*),Frer(*),Null(*),Mask$
(*),Numdsparfcn,Numdsppwr,Message$(5),Message$(6),Emptyst$,Empty)
4190
CALL
Sub_printit(Berarfcn(*),Berpwr(*),Ber1(*),Rxqual(*),Rxlev(*),Txtim(*),Null(*),Nullst$
(*),Numberarfcn,Numberpwr,Message$(7),Message$(8),Emptyst$,Empty)
4200 !
4210
!====================================================================================
4220 !
4230 !PRINT TEST TIMES AND ERROR MESSAGES
4240 !
4250 !
4260
FOR X=1 TO 3
4270
PRINT Message$(X+9);DROUND(Clock(X),4);Message$(9)
4280
NEXT X
4290
PRINT
4300
PRINT
4310
IF Errcount=0 THEN
4320
Errcount=1
4330
Error$(1)=”No Errors”
4340
END IF
4350
FOR X=1 TO Errcount
4360
PRINT Error$(X)
4370
NEXT X
4380
Errcount=0
4390 !
4400
!=================================================================================
4410 !
4420 !LOOP IF ANOTHER PHONE IS TO BE TESTED
4430 !
4440
PRINT Message$(2)
4450
INPUT Answer$
2-27
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 1
4460
Run$=”no”
4470
IF Answer$=”Y” OR Answer$=”y” THEN Run$=”yes”
4480 UNTIL Run$<>”yes”
4490 END
4500 !
4510
!====================================================================================
4520 !SUBROUTINES BELOW
4530
!====================================================================================
4540 !
4550 !RESULTS PRINTING SUBROUTINE
4560 !
4570 SUB
Sub_printit(Result1(*),Result2(*),Result3(*),Result4(*),Result5(*),Result6(*),Result7
(*),Result8$(*),Numarfcn,Numpwr,Title$,Heading$,Emptyst$,Empty)
4580
PRINT Title$
4590
PRINT
4600
PRINT Heading$
4610
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numarfcn
4620
FOR Txcount=1 TO Numpwr
4630
PRINT Result1(Arcount),
4640
PRINT Result2(Txcount),
4650
IF Result3(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result3(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4660
IF Result4(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result4(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4670
IF Result5(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result5(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4680
IF Result6(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result6(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4690
IF Result7(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result7(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4700
IF Result8$(1,1)<>Emptyst$ THEN PRINT Result8$(Arcount,Txcount),
4710
PRINT
4720
NEXT Txcount
4730
NEXT Arcount
4740
PRINT
4750 SUBEND
4760 !
4770 !=============================================================================
4780 !
4790 !CHECK FOR Agilent 8922M/S SYSTEM ERRORS
4800 !
4810 SUB Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
4820
DIM Systemerror$[100]
4830
REPEAT
!Set up a loop to drain the
Agilent 8922M/S error stack
4840
OUTPUT Uut;”SYSTEM:ERROR?”
!Read the last error from the
stack
4850
ENTER Uut;Systemerror$
4860
IF VAL(Systemerror$)<>0 THEN
!Code 0 indicates no error
4870
Errcount=Errcount+1
!If not zero, add the error to
the programs error array
4880
Error$(Errcount)=Systemerror$
4890
END IF
4900
UNTIL VAL(Systemerror$)=0
!End when all the errors have
been read
4910 SUBEND
4920 !
4930 !==============================================================================
4940 !end of program
2-28
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
Program 2
10
!RE-STORE “PROG2”
20
!RE-SAVE “PROG2:,1404”
30
!=========================================================================
40
!
50
!Example program 2
60
!
70
!Advanced GPIB techniques for measuring a GSM900 mobile using the Agilent 8922S
and M
80
!GSM MS Test Sets. The program measures Tx power, power vs time, phase and frequency
90
!error, bit error ratio, timing error, Rx Lev and Rx Qual. A hopping TCH is used
100
!to minimize channel change time. Power measurements are used to indicate when
the mobile
110
!has settled after a Tx Level change
120
!
130
!(c) Agilent Technologies 1996
140
!
150
!Rev 1.0
160
!I R HP QMD 7.9.94
170
!Slightly modified by C B 24.1.96 - Changed F/H to M/S throughout
180
!============================================================================
190
!
200
DIM Berpwr(5)
!Downlink power levels in dBm for bit error test
210
DIM Berarfcn(125)
!ARFCN to perform bit error test on
220
DIM Dsppwr(15)
!Mobile Tx power levels for DSP test
230
DIM Dsparfcn(124)
!ARFCN to perform DSP test on
240
DIM Fparfcn(124)
!ARFCN to perform fast power test on
250
DIM Fppwr(15)
!Mobile Tx power levels for fast power test
260
DIM Message$(30)[100]
!Output strings
270
DIM Error$(50)[100]
!Error message strings
280
DIM Err$[100]
!Internally used temporary error string
290
DIM Rmspher(50,50)
!Measurement results from rms phase error, dimensions(ARFCN,TXLEVEL)
300
DIM Pkpher(50,50)
!Measurement results from peak phase error
310
DIM Frer(50,50)
!Measurement results from freq error
320
DIM Slpwr(50,50)
!Measurement results from DSP analyzer power measurement
330
DIM Txtim(50,50)
!Tx timing error measurement results
340
DIM Fpwrmeas(50,50)
!Measurement results from fast power
350
DIM Ber1(50,50)
!Bit error test measurement results, dimensions(ARFCN,Downlink Power)
360
DIM Clock(5)
!Test Times
370
DIM Mask$(50,50)[10]
!Power versus time limit mask specification
380
DIM Rxqual(50,50)
!RxQual measurement results, dimensions(ARFCN,Downlink Power)
390
DIM Rxlev(50,50)
!RxLev measurement results
400
DIM Null(50,50)
!Empty array
410
DIM Nullst$(50,50)[50]
!Empty string array
420
DIM Ca$[124]
!String for CA (Cell Allocation) table, used for hopping call
430
DIM Ma$[63]
!String for MA (Mobile Allocation) table, used for
hopping call
440
!
450
!====================================================================
460
!
470
!GENERAL MEASUREMENT SET UP SPECIFIED
480
!
490
Uut=714
!GPIB address of Agilent 8922M/S
500
Extloss=-1
!Loss of cable linking 8922 to mobile (loss=-xdB)
510
Bchpwr=-80
!BCCH power level in dBm
520
Imsi$=”’001012345678901’”
!Paging IMSI of mobile’s test SIM
530
Timeouttime=30
!The GPIB timeout in seconds
2-29
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
540
Leveltol=1
!Power tolerence to indicate TX Level has settled
after change (dB)
550
Fpthreshold=.3
!Power tolerence for fast power measurement after analyzer channel change (dB)
560
!
570
!======================================================================
580
!
590
!MEASUREMENT POINTS ARE DEFINED IN THIS SECTION
600
!
610
!Bit error ratio test
620
!
630
Numberpwr=1
!The number of downlink power levels for bit error
test
640
Berpwr(1)=-102
!The power level in dBm of the first downlink power.
Etc....
650
Bits1=10000
!The number of bits to test at each ARFCN/Power combination
660
Numberarfcn=3
!The number of ARFCN for bit error test
670
Berarfcn(1)=1
!The value of the first ARFCN. Etc....
680
Berarfcn(2)=65
690
Berarfcn(3)=124
700
!
710
!
720
!NOTE: with hopping call method used in this program, no two ARFCN in either DSP
or Fast Power
730
!
should be placed too close together. Closely spaced ARFCN will allow
unwanted energy to
740
!
to fall within the Agilent 8922M/S IF bandwidth and RF rise trigger on the
wrong timeslot.
750
!
Expect DSP FM Errors if this happens.
760
!
770
!DSP measurememnts
780
!
790
Numdsppwr=3
!The number of mobile TX Levels for DSP test
800
Dsppwr(1)=5
!The value of the first TX Level. Etc...
810
Dsppwr(2)=10
820
Dsppwr(3)=15
830
Numdsparfcn=3
!The number of ARFCN for DSP test
840
Dsparfcn(1)=1
!The value of the first ARFCN. Etc....
850
Dsparfcn(2)=65
860
Dsparfcn(3)=124
870
!
880
!Fast Power measurements
890
!
900
Numfppwr=8
!The number of mobile TX Levels for fast power test
910
Fppwr(1)=6
!The value of the first TX Level. Etc....
920
Fppwr(2)=7
930
Fppwr(3)=8
940
Fppwr(4)=9
950
Fppwr(5)=11
960
Fppwr(6)=12
970
Fppwr(7)=13
980
Fppwr(8)=14
990
Numfparfcn=3
!The number of ARFCN for fast power test
1000 Fparfcn(1)=1
!The value of the first ARFCN. Etc...
1010 Fparfcn(2)=65
1020 Fparfcn(3)=124
1030 !
1040 !=========================================================================
1050 !
1060 !PRINT MESSAGES ARE DEFINED BELOW
1070 !
1080 Message$(1)=”Answer call when mobile rings”
1090 Message$(2)=”Would you like to test again? (y or n)”
1100 Message$(3)=”Results from Fast Power Measurement”
1110 Message$(4)=”ARFCN
TXLEV
POWER dBm”
1120 Message$(5)=”Results from Power, Power vs Time & Modulation Measurements”
1130 Message$(6)=”ARFCN
TXLEV
POWER dBm
Pk & RMS PHASE
FREQ ERROR
MASK”
2-30
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
1140 Message$(7)=”Results from BER Test”
1150 Message$(8)=”ARFCN
Downlink dBm
BER1%
RxQual RxLev
TIMERR”
1160 Message$(9)=” Seconds.”
1170 Message$(10)=”Time for phone to camp and answer page: “
1180 Message$(11)=”Time for testing
: “
1190 Message$(12)=”Time for call clear down
: “
1200 !
1210 Emptyst$=”@”
1220 Empty=-999
1230 Nullst$(1,1)=Emptyst$
1240 Null(1,1)=Empty
1250 !
1260 !==========================================================================
1270 !
1280 !ERROR AND TIMEOUT HANDLING
1290 !
1300 Busport=INT(Uut/100)
!Get the GPIB port code from Uut
address
1310 CLEAR Busport
!Clear bus from any aborted previous
commands
1320 Timeinit$=”yes”
!Set a flag so timeout code is not
executed first pass
1330 ON TIMEOUT Busport,Timeouttime GOTO Timeflag
!Establish goto flag
for HPIB timeouts
1340 Timeflag:IF Timeinit$<>”yes” THEN
!After a timeout, execution comes
here
1350
OFF TIMEOUT Busport
1360
CLEAR Busport
!Clear any half done commands
1370
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘disarm’”
!Dissarm the DSP trigger
1380
CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Gather any error message from the
Agilent 8922M/S
1390
PRINT “Measurement Timed Out. Ending Test”
1400
IF Errcount=0 THEN
1410
Errcount=1
1420
Error$(1)=”No errors recorded”
1430
END IF
1440
FOR X=1 TO Errcount
!Print error messages
1450
PRINT Error$(X)
1460
NEXT X
1470
STOP
!Execution stops here after critical
errors
1480 ELSE
1490
Timeinit$=”no”
!Reset flag so next time, it must
be a real timeout
1500 END IF
1510 Errcount=0
1520 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Clear any old errors from
Agilent 8922M/S before the
1530 Errcount=0
!test begins
1540 !
1550 !===========================================================================
1560 !
1570 !PRESET THE HP 8922M/S AND SET IT TO THE CORRECT COMPATIBILITY MODE (executed
once only)
1580 !
1590 !
1600 OUTPUT Uut;”*RST”
!Preset the Agilent 8922M/S
1610 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP?”
!Check compatability mode and set
to M or S
1620 ENTER Uut;Product$
1630 IF Product$<>”””8922S””” AND Product$<>”””8922M””” THEN
1640
IF Product$=”””8922E””” THEN OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP ‘8922S’”
1650
IF Product$=”””8922G””” THEN OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP ‘8922M’”
1660
OUTPUT Uut;”*RST”
!A preset is needed after compatability change
1670 END IF
1680 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Check for any errors logged by
Agilent 8922M/S
2-31
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
1690 !
1700
!================================================================================
1710 !
1720 !CREATE CA AND MA TABLES FOR HOPPED TCH
(executed once only)
1730 !
1740 !
1750 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CCON”
!Display the cell config screen
1760 OUTPUT Uut;”CCON:STATE ‘settable’”
!Take the cell down to edit CA and
MA tables
1770 Mano=0
!Count for number of MA entries
1780 Ca$=””
!String will be used for CA table
1790 FOR X=1 TO 124
!Count through 124 possible ARFCN
1800
Bit$=”0”
!Set CA table entry initially to zero
1810
FOR Y=1 TO Numfparfcn
!Check all fast power ARFCN for
ARFCN X
1820
IF Fparfcn(Y)=X THEN Bit$=”1”
!If ARFCN = X make this CA entry
a one
1830
NEXT Y
1840
FOR Y=1 TO Numdsparfcn
!Similarly check DSP ARFCN
1850
IF Dsparfcn(Y)=X THEN Bit$=”1”
1860
NEXT Y
1870
Ca$=Ca$&Bit$
!Add this digit to CA string
1880
IF Bit$=”1” THEN Mano=Mano+1
!If the entry is one, there will
need to be an MA entry
1890 NEXT X
1900 FOR X=1 TO 63
!Count through the MA table
1910
Bit$=”0”
!Initial value for MA digit X
1920
IF Mano>0 THEN Bit$=”1”
!Place the same nomber of 1s in
the MA as in the CA
1930
Mano=Mano-1
1940
Ma$=Ma$&Bit$
1950 NEXT X
1960 OUTPUT Uut;”CCON:CA “&”’”&Ca$&”’”
!Output the CA and MA tables
1970 OUTPUT Uut;”CCON:MA1 “&”’”&Ma$&”’”
1980 OUTPUT Uut;”CCON:MA2 “&”’”&Ma$&”’”
1990 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CELL1”
!Display the cell control screen,
and select +
2000 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MODE ‘ACTIVE CELL +’”
!mode for hopped call. Mode change
activates cell
2010 !
2020 !
2030 !============================================================================
2040 !
2050 !SET THE Agilent 8922M/S INITIAL CONDITIONS (executed once only)
2060 !
2070 !
2080 OUTPUT Uut;”MSINFO:PAGING:IMSI “&Imsi$
!Set the paging IMSI
2090 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:RFIN “;Extloss
!Set the external cable loss
2100 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Dsparfcn(1) !Set the ARFCN to the first
expected test point
2110 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV “;Dsppwr(1)
!Set the mobile Tx Level to the
first test point
2120 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:MODE ‘ON’”
!Turn external offset mode ON to
use cable loss
2130 OUTPUT Uut;”CW:PMZERO”
!Zero the power meter
2140 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Bchpwr
!Set the downlink power for normal
signalling
2150 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:MODE ‘SINGLE’”
!Set the DSP meas trigger to single
trig mode
2160 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET ‘SINGLE’”
!Set bit error meas trigger to single trig mode
2170 OUTPUT Uut;”BET:BITS1 “;Bits1
!Set the number of bits to be measured for bit error
2180 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR DSP”
!Display the DSP amplitude main
screen to enter limits
2190 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR:DSP:VIEW ‘AMPL MAIN’”
!for power versus time mask
2-32
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
2200 DATA -40,-28,-18,-10,0,180,360,542.769,547.769,552.769,560.769,570.769 !Mask
corner times in us
2210 DATA -36,-30,-6,4,1,1,1,1,1,-6,-30,-36
!Upper
limits in dB
2220 DATA -60,-60,-60,-60,-1,-1,-1,-1,-60,-60,-60,-60
!Lower limits in dB
2230 FOR X=1 TO 12
2240
READ Masktim
!Reas corner times
from DATA statement
2250
Masktim=Masktim/1.E+6
!Convert seconds
2260
Num$=VAL$(X)
!Convert index to
string for HPIB
2270
OUTPUT Uut;”DSP:AMPL:”&”time”&Num$&” “;Masktim
!Output marker times
2280 NEXT X
2290 FOR X=1 TO 12
2300
READ Maskup
!Read and output upper
limits
2310
Num$=VAL$(X)
2320
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:HLIM “;Maskup
2330
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:HLIM:STATE ON”
2340 NEXT X
2350 FOR X=1 TO 12
2360
READ Masklo
!Read and output lower
limits
2370
Num$=VAL$(X)
2380
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:LLIM “;Masklo
2390
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:LLIM:STATE ON”
2400 NEXT X
2410 !
2420
!=================================================================================
2430 !
2440 !ESTABLISH A LOOP TO BE EXECUTED EACH TIME A MOBILE IS TESTED
2450 !
2460 !
2470 Run$=”yes”
!Flag for REPEAT loop
2480 REPEAT
2490
Clock(1)=TIMEDATE
!Start a test time
clock for call set up
2500 !
2510
!=================================================================================
2520 !
2530 !PAGE THE MOBILE AND ESTABLISH A CALL
2540 !
2550 !
2560
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CELL1”
!Display the cell
control screen
2570
PRINT Message$(1)
!Output answer call
message
2580
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:TCH1:MODE ‘hopped’”
!Set the TCH to hop
mode
2590
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:ORIGINATE”
!Page mobile
Agilent 8922M/S org call
2600
Time=0
!Set counter for mobile
to answer
2610
Maxtime=100
2620
REPEAT
2630
Time=Time+1
2640
WAIT 1
2650
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?”
!Check the call status
for connected
2660
ENTER Uut;Status$
2670
UNTIL Status$=”””CONNECTED””” OR Time>Maxtime
2680
IF Time>Maxtime THEN
2690
Errcount=Errcount+1
2700
Error$(Errcount)=”Call could not be established”
2-33
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
2710
GOTO Timeflag
!If wait too long,
goto timeout code
2720
END IF
2730 !
2740
!===================================================================================
2750 !
2760
Clock(1)=TIMEDATE-Clock(1)
!End call set up timer
2770
Clock(2)=TIMEDATE
!Start measurement timer
2780 !
2790
!===================================================================================
2800 !
2810 !UNCOUPLE Agilent 8922M/S RF ANALYZER FROM GSM BASE STATION EMULATOR
2820 !
2830
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TADV:MODE ‘manual’”
!Fix timing advance
at 0 so 8922 doesn’t auto adjust
2840
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:DDEM:AST ‘disarm’”
!Disable the uplink
demodulator
2850
OUTPUT Uut;”HOPC:RFAN:AST ‘disarm’”
!Stop the RF Analyzer
from hopping
2860
OUTPUT Uut;”HOPC:RFAN:MODE ‘non-hop’”
2870
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:SOUR ‘rf rise’”
!Trigger measurements
from RF rise, when the
2880
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:DEL 0”
!signal falls within
the IF bandwidth
2890 !
2900
!===================================================================================
2910 !
2920 !PERFORM DSP MEASUREMENTS
2930 !
2940
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP DSP”
!Return to the DSP
amplitude main screen
2950
FOR Txcount=1 TO Numdsppwr
!Outer loop for Tx
levels
2960
Txlev=Dsppwr(Txcount)
!Get Tx level from array
2970
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlev
!Program mobile’s Tx
level
2980
Txlevchange$=”true”
2990
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numdsparfcn
!Inner loop for ARFCN
3000
Arfcn=Dsparfcn(Arcount)
!Get ARFCN from array
3010
Freq=(890+Arfcn*.2)*1000000
!Calculate ARFCN frequency
3020
OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:FREQ “;Freq
!Tune the RF Analyzer
to select individual ARFCN
3030
Count=0
!Establish counter
for repeat measurements
3040
REPEAT
!May need to repeat
if mobile not settled
3050
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘ARM’”
!Arm the DSP measurement
3060
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:RMS?”
!Read all the DSP
results: rms phase error
3070
ENTER Uut;Rmspher(Arcount,Txcount)
3080 !Note: program will stick here, waiting for input if mobile fails to provide a
valid signal to trigger
3090 !
the Agilent 8922M/S. The program will timeout. The timeout code dissarms
the Agilent 8922M/S trigger.
3100
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:PEAK?” !
peak phase error
3110
ENTER Uut;Pkpher(Arcount,Txcount)
3120
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:FREQUENCY?”!
frequency error
3130
ENTER Uut;Frer(Arcount,Txcount)
3140
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:MSUM?”
!
power versus time mask
3150
ENTER Uut;Mask$(Arcount,Txcount)
2-34
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
3160
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PTCP?”
!
Tx power
3170
ENTER Uut;Slpwr(Arcount,Txcount)
3180
OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?”
!Read expected power
level to compare with
3190
ENTER Uut;Anlevel
!measured and +/-3dB
allowed range
3200
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:SSTATUS?”
!Check for any DSP
measurement errors
3210
ENTER Uut;Sstatus$
3220
Threedb=ABS(Anlevel-Slpwr(Arcount,Txcount))
!Calculate difference
between measured and expected
3230
Count=Count+1
3240
UNTIL Count=3 OR Threedb<Leveltol OR Txlevchange$=”false” !Re-do DSP once
if phone fails, the mobile
3250
IF Sstatus$<>”””No Error””” OR Threedb>3 THEN
!may still be settling
after Tx Level change
3260
Err$=”DSP Measurement Problem “
!Create an error message string
3270
IF Sstatus$<>”””No Error””” THEN Err$=Err$&Sstatus$
3280
IF Threedb>3 THEN Err$=Err$&” 3dB input range exceeded”
3290
Errcount=Errcount+1
3300
Error$(Errcount)=Err$
3310
END IF
3320
Txlevchange$=”false”
3330
NEXT Arcount
3340
NEXT Txcount
3350 !
3360
!==================================================================================
3370 !
3380 !PERFORM FAST POWER MEASUREMENTS
3390 !
3400
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CELL1”
!Display cell control
screen
3410
FOR Txcount=Numfppwr TO 1 STEP -1
!Outer loop for mobile
Tx levels
3420
Txlev=Fppwr(Txcount)
!Get Tx level from array
3430
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlev
!Program mobile’s Tx
level
3440
Txlevchange$=”true”
3450
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numfparfcn
!Inner loop for ARFCN
3460
Arfcn=Fparfcn(Arcount)
!Get ARFCN from array
3470
Freq=(890+Arfcn*.2)*1000000
!Calculate frequency
from ARFCN
3480
OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:FREQ “;Freq
!Tune analyzer frequency
3490
Txlevcount=0
!Count for Tx Level
settling
3500
REPEAT
!Loop while mobile Tx
Level settles
3510
Count=0
!Count for inner loop
3520
Fastpower1=0
!Swap variable for
fast power measurement
3530
REPEAT
!Loop untill value
stabalizes after analyzer
3540
Fastpower2=Fastpower1
!tuning.
3550
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:FTCP:POW?”
!read the peak power
meter
3560
ENTER Uut;Fastpower1
3570
Deltapower=ABS(Fastpower1-Fastpower2)
!Look for change since
last measurement
3580
Count=Count+1
!Though away 4 old
readings (in Agilent 8922M/S
3590
UNTIL (Count>4 AND Deltapower<Fpthreshold) OR Count>10 !measuremement
pipline) then look for settled
3600
IF Count>10 THEN
!value on new measurement ARFCN. If it never
2-35
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
3610
Errcount=Errcount+1
!settles note an error
3620
Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile’s output power did not settle within
‘Fpthreshold’ limits”
3630
END IF
3640
Fpwrmeas(Arcount,Txcount)=(Fastpower1+Fastpower2)/2 !Average last two
good readings
3650
OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?”
!Read the
Agilent 8922M/S analyzer expected input level
3660
ENTER Uut;Anlevel
!and compare with the
measured power to check that
3670
Threedb=ABS(Anlevel-Fpwrmeas(Arcount,Txcount))
!the result is within
the allowed +/-3dB window
3680
Txlevcount=Txlevcount+1
3690
UNTIL Threedb<Leveltol OR Txlevcount>10 OR Txlevchange$=”false”
3700
IF Threedb>3 THEN
3710
Errcount=Errcount+1
3720
Error$(Errcount)=”Fast power meas 3dB input range exceeded”
3730
END IF
3740
Txlevchange$=”false”
3750
NEXT Arcount
3760
NEXT Txcount
3770 !
3780
!==================================================================================
3790 !
3800 !RE-COUPLE Agilent 8922M/S RF ANALYZER TO BASE STATION EMULATOR
3810 !
3820
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:DEL 473.4T”
!Set approx three
timeslot delay for internal
3830
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:SOUR ‘ext demod’”
!downlink trigger,
and select downlink trigger
3840
OUTPUT Uut;”HOPC:RFAN:MODE ‘hop’”
!Set analyzer back to
hopping mode
3850
OUTPUT Uut;”HOPC:RFAN:AST ‘arm’”
!Re-enable hopping
3860
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:DDEM:AST ‘arm’”
!Re-enable the uplink
demodulator
3870
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TADV:MODE ‘auto’”
!Return to default
timing advance mode
3880 !
3890
!==================================================================================
3900 !
3910 !PERFORM BIT ERROR MEASUREMENTS
3920 !
!Note: 4 BER measurements
can be made in parallel
3930
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR BER1”
!Display single BER
test screen
3940
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:TCH1:MODE ‘single’”
!Return to non-hop
TCH. Next channel change executes FACCH
3950
FOR Rxcount=1 TO Numberpwr
!Outer loop for downlink power levels
3960
Berpo=Berpwr(Rxcount)
!Get downlink power
level from array
3970
OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Berpo
!Program Agilent 8922M/
S Generator to downlink power
3980
Count=0
!Establish a loop to
wait for the mobile’s receiver
3990
Instance=0
!AGC to recover from
downlink level change.
4000
REPEAT
!The mobile’s reported
RXQual will indicate when
4010
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:RESET”
!the AGC has recovered. Start by clearing old SACCH
4020
Count=Count+1
!The inner REPEAT loop
is used to check and wait
4030
Rxqualsettle=-1
!for the next SACCH
report from mobile. When the
2-36
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
4040
Time=0
!Agilent 8922M/S is
waiting for a report, after a SACCH
4050
REPEAT
!reset it returns -1
4060
WAIT .3
!Pause. SACCH is a
low bandwidth channel.
4070
Time=Time+1
4080
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RQU?”
!Read the SACCH report
from the mobile
4090
ENTER Uut;Rxqualsettle
!-1 is returned if
Agilent 8922M/S is still waiting
4100
UNTIL Time>7 OR Rxqualsettle<>-1
!for the report
4110
IF Rxqualsettle<=4 THEN
!If RxQual is less
than 4, it’s good enough to
4120
Instance=Instance+1
!continue. The program
checks for more than
4130
ELSE
!3 consecutive reports
at RxQual 4 or less to
4140
Instance=0
!be be sure the mobile
has stabalized. The
4150
END IF
!mobile may return up
to 2 reports at the old
4160
UNTIL Count>20 OR Instance>3
!level, before it
recognizes the input level
4170
IF Count>20 OR Rxqualsettle=-1 THEN
!change
4180
Errcount=Errcount+1
!If RxQual does not
stabalize, report an error
4190
Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile receiver AGC did not respond to downlink level
change”
4200
END IF
4210
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numberarfcn
!Inner loop for BER
test ARFCN
4220
Arfcn=Berarfcn(Arcount)
!Get ARFCN from array
4230
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn
!Request channel
assignment. Agilllent 8922M/S will hold
4240
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET:MODE ‘RUN’”
!off BER test until
channel change is done. Run test.
4250
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:RESET”
!While BER test is
running, test SACCH reports
4260
Rxlev(Arcount,Rxcount)=-1
!Clear old reports
4270
Time=0
4280
REPEAT
!Loop and wait for
SACCH report. -1 is returned
4290
WAIT .3
!when HP 8922M/S is
waiting for report
4300
Time=Time+1
4310
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RLEV?”
!Read RxLev
4320
ENTER Uut;Rxlev(Arcount,Rxcount)
4330
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:SACCH:PARTIAL:RQU?”
!Read RxQual
4340
ENTER Uut;Rxqual(Arcount,Rxcount)
4350
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:CELL:MS:TERR?”
!Also read uplink
timing error
4360
ENTER Uut;Txtim(Arcount,Rxcount)
4370
UNTIL Time>7 OR Rxlev(Arcount,Rxcount)<>-1
!Try again if SACCH
report not ready
4380
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:BET:BERR:RATIO1?”
!Read bit error test
result
4390
ENTER Uut;Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)
4400
Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)=Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)/10000
!Convert from ppm to
%
4410
NEXT Arcount
4420
NEXT Rxcount
4430
OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Bchpwr
!Reset downlink to
normal power
4440 !
4450
!================================================================================
4460 !
4470
Clock(2)=TIMEDATE-Clock(2)
!Stop measurement timer
2-37
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
4480
Clock(3)=TIMEDATE
!Start call clearing
timer
4490 !
4500
!================================================================================
4510 !
4520 !END THE CALL
4530 !
4540
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP CELL1”
!Display the cell
control screen
4550
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:END”
!Request a call termination
4560
Time=0
!Establish a loop to
wait for the mobile
4570
REPEAT
!to clear the call
4580
Time=Time+1
4590
WAIT 1
4600
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?”
!Check the call status
4610
ENTER Uut;Status$
4620
UNTIL Status$=”””INACTIVE””” OR Time>30
!Call status will go
to inactive when the
4630
IF Time>30 THEN
!mobile has cleared
4640
Errcount=Errcount+1
4650
Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile failed to end call”
!Log an error if the
mobile fails to clear
4660
GOTO Timeflag
!and go to the timeout
code
4670
CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Check for any
Agilent 8922M/S logged errors
4680
END IF
4690
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Dsparfcn(1)
!Reset the ARFCN and
mobile Tx level ready
4700
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV “;Dsppwr(1)
!to begin testing the
next phone
4710
!===================================================================================
4720 !
4730
Clock(3)=TIMEDATE-Clock(3)
!Stop the call clearing
timer
4740 !
4750
!====================================================================================
4760 !
4770 !PRINT MEASUREMENT RESULTS
4780 !
4790
CALL
Sub_printit(Fparfcn(*),Fppwr(*),Fpwrmeas(*),Null(*),Null(*),Null(*),Null(*),Nullst$(*
),Numfparfcn,Numfppwr,Message$(3),Message$(4),Emptyst$,Empty)
4800
CALL
Sub_printit(Dsparfcn(*),Dsppwr(*),Slpwr(*),Pkpher(*),Rmspher(*),Frer(*),Null(*),Mask$
(*),Numdsparfcn,Numdsppwr,Message$(5),Message$(6),Emptyst$,Empty)
4810
CALL
Sub_printit(Berarfcn(*),Berpwr(*),Ber1(*),Rxqual(*),Rxlev(*),Txtim(*),Null(*),Nullst$
(*),Numberarfcn,Numberpwr,Message$(7),Message$(8),Emptyst$,Empty)
4820 !
4830
!====================================================================================
4840 !
4850 !PRINT TEST TIMES AND ERROR MESSAGES
4860 !
4870 !
4880
FOR X=1 TO 3
4890
PRINT Message$(X+9);DROUND(Clock(X),4);Message$(9)
4900
NEXT X
4910
PRINT
4920
PRINT
4930
IF Errcount=0 THEN
4940
Errcount=1
2-38
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 2
4950
Error$(1)=”No Errors”
4960
END IF
4970
FOR X=1 TO Errcount
4980
PRINT Error$(X)
4990
NEXT X
5000
Errcount=0
5010 !
5020
!==================================================================================
5030 !
5040 !LOOP IF ANOTHER PHONE IS TO BE TESTED
5050 !
5060
PRINT Message$(2)
5070
INPUT Answer$
5080
Run$=”no”
5090
IF Answer$=”Y” OR Answer$=”y” THEN Run$=”yes”
5100 UNTIL Run$<>”yes”
5110 END
5120 !
5130
!====================================================================================
5140 !SUBROUTINES BELOW
5150
!====================================================================================
5160 !
5170 !RESULTS PRINTING SUBROUTINE
5180 !
5190 SUB
Sub_printit(Result1(*),Result2(*),Result3(*),Result4(*),Result5(*),Result6(*),Result7
(*),Result8$(*),Numarfcn,Numpwr,Title$,Heading$,Emptyst$,Empty)
5200
PRINT Title$
5210
PRINT
5220
PRINT Heading$
5230
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numarfcn
5240
FOR Txcount=1 TO Numpwr
5250
PRINT Result1(Arcount),
5260
PRINT Result2(Txcount),
5270
IF Result3(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result3(Arcount,Txcount),4),
5280
IF Result4(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result4(Arcount,Txcount),4),
5290
IF Result5(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result5(Arcount,Txcount),4),
5300
IF Result6(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result6(Arcount,Txcount),4),
5310
IF Result7(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result7(Arcount,Txcount),4),
5320
IF Result8$(1,1)<>Emptyst$ THEN PRINT Result8$(Arcount,Txcount),
5330
PRINT
5340
NEXT Txcount
5350
NEXT Arcount
5360
PRINT
5370 SUBEND
5380 !
5390 !=============================================================================
5400 !
5410 !CHECK FOR Agilent 8922M/S SYSTEM ERRORS
5420 !
5430 SUB Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
5440
DIM Systemerror$[100]
5450
REPEAT
!Set up a loop to drain the
Agilent 8922M/S error stack
5460
OUTPUT Uut;”SYSTEM:ERROR?”
!Read the last error from the
stack
5470
ENTER Uut;Systemerror$
5480
IF VAL(Systemerror$)<>0 THEN
!Code 0 indicates no error
5490
Errcount=Errcount+1
!If not zero, add the error to
the programs error array
5500
Error$(Errcount)=Systemerror$
5510
END IF
5520
UNTIL VAL(Systemerror$)=0
!End when all the errors have
been read
5530 SUBEND
2-39
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
5540
5550
5560
!
!==============================================================================
!end of program
Program 3
0
!RE-STORE “PROG3”
20
!RE-SAVE “PROG3:,1404”
30
!=========================================================================
40
!
50
!Example program 3
60
!
70
!GPIB program to demonstrate techniques for measuring a GSM mobile opperating in
test mode using
80
!the Agilent 8922M and S GSM MS Test Sets. The program uses the Agilent 8922M/S
Aux RF Out port to simulate
90
!the test mode mobile. In all other respects, the Agilent 8922M/S is configured
to measure a mobile
100
!without the use of over-the-air signalling. The program measures: Tx power,
power versus time,
110
!phase and frequency error and bit error ratio.
120
!
130
!(c) Agilent Technologies 1996
140
!
150
!Rev 1.0
160
!I R HP QMD 7.9.94
170
!Slightly modified by C B 24.1.96 - Changed F/H to M/S throughout
180
!============================================================================
190
!
200
DIM Berpwr(5)
!Downlink power levels in dBm for bit error test
210
DIM Berarfcn(125)
!ARFCN to perform bit error test on
220
DIM Dsppwr(15)
!Mobile Tx power levels for DSP test
230
DIM Dsparfcn(124)
!ARFCN to perform DSP test on
240
DIM Fparfcn(124)
!ARFCN to perform fast power test on
250
DIM Fppwr(15)
!Mobile Tx power levels for fast power test
260
DIM Message$(30)[100]
!Output strings
270
DIM Error$(50)[100]
!Error message strings
280
DIM Err$[100]
!Internally used temporary error string
290
DIM Rmspher(50,50)
!Measurement results from rms phase error, dimensions(ARFCN,TXLEVEL)
300
DIM Pkpher(50,50)
!Measurement results from peak phase error
310
DIM Frer(50,50)
!Measurement results from freq error
320
DIM Slpwr(50,50)
!Measurement results from DSP analyzer power measurement
330
DIM Txtim(50,50)
!Tx timing error measurement results
340
DIM Fpwrmeas(50,50)
!Measurement results from fast power
350
DIM Ber1(50,50)
!Bit error test measurement results, dimensions(ARFCN,Downlink Power)
360
DIM Clock(5)
!Test Times
370
DIM Mask$(50,50)[10]
!Power versus time limit mask specification
380
DIM Rxqual(50,50)
!RxQual measurement results, dimensions(ARFCN,Downlink Power)
390
DIM Rxlev(50,50)
!RxLev measurement results
400
DIM Null(50,50)
!Empty array
410
DIM Nullst$(50,50)[50]
!Empty string array
420
DIM Ca$[124]
!String for CA (Cell Allocation) table, used for hopping call
430
DIM Ma$[63]
!String for MA (Mobile Allocation) table, used for
hopping call
440
!
450
!====================================================================
460
!
2-40
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
470
!GENERAL MEASUREMENT SET UP SPECIFIED
480
!
490
Uut=714
!GPIB address of Agilent 8922M/S
500
Extloss=-.5
!Loss of cable linking 8922 to mobile (loss=-xdB)
510
Bchpwr=-80
!BCCH power level in dBm
520
Timeouttime=20
!The GPIB timeout in seconds
530
Leveltol=1
!Power tolerence to indicate TX Level has settled
after change (dB)
540
Fpthreshold=.3
!Power tolerence for fast power measurement after analyzer channel change (dB)
550
!
560
!======================================================================
570
!
580
!MEASUREMENT POINTS ARE DEFINED IN THIS SECTION
590
!
600
!Bit error ratio test
610
!
620
Numberpwr=1
!The number of downlink power levels for bit error
test
630
Berpwr(1)=-102
!The power level in dBm of the first downlink power.
Etc....
640
Bits1=10000
!The number of bits to test at each ARFCN/Power combination
650
Numberarfcn=3
!The number of ARFCN for bit error test
660
Berarfcn(1)=1
!The value of the first ARFCN. Etc....
670
Berarfcn(2)=65
680
Berarfcn(3)=124
690
!
700
!
710
!DSP measurememnts
720
!
730
Numdsppwr=3
!The number of mobile TX Levels for DSP test
740
Dsppwr(1)=5
!The value of the first TX Level. Etc...
750
Dsppwr(2)=10
760
Dsppwr(3)=15
770
Numdsparfcn=3
!The number of ARFCN for DSP test
780
Dsparfcn(1)=1
!The value of the first ARFCN. Etc....
790
Dsparfcn(2)=65
800
Dsparfcn(3)=124
810
!
820
!Fast Power measurements
830
!
840
Numfppwr=8
!The number of mobile TX Levels for fast power test
850
Fppwr(1)=6
!The value of the first TX Level. Etc....
860
Fppwr(2)=7
870
Fppwr(3)=8
880
Fppwr(4)=9
890
Fppwr(5)=11
900
Fppwr(6)=12
910
Fppwr(7)=13
920
Fppwr(8)=14
930
Numfparfcn=3
!The number of ARFCN for fast power test
940
Fparfcn(1)=1
!The value of the first ARFCN. Etc...
950
Fparfcn(2)=65
960
Fparfcn(3)=124
970
!
980
!=========================================================================
990
!
1000 !PRINT MESSAGES ARE DEFINED BELOW
1010 !
1020 Message$(1)=”Answer call when mobile rings”
1030 Message$(2)=”Would you like to test again? (y or n)”
1040 Message$(3)=”Results from Fast Power Measurement”
1050 Message$(4)=”ARFCN
TXLEV
POWER dBm”
1060 Message$(5)=”Results from Power, Power vs Time & Modulation Measurements”
1070 Message$(6)=”ARFCN
TXLEV
POWER dBm
Pk & RMS PHASE
FREQ ERROR
MASK”
1080 Message$(7)=”Results from BER Test”
1090 Message$(8)=”ARFCN
Downlink dBm
BER1%
RxQual RxLev
TIMERR”
2-41
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
1100 Message$(9)=” Seconds.”
1110 Message$(10)=”Time for phone to camp and answer page: “
1120 Message$(11)=”Time for testing
: “
1130 Message$(12)=”Time for call clear down
: “
1140 !
1150 Emptyst$=”@”
1160 Empty=-999
1170 Nullst$(1,1)=Emptyst$
1180 Null(1,1)=Empty
1190 !
1200 !==========================================================================
1210 !
1220 !ERROR AND TIMEOUT HANDLING
1230 !
1240 Busport=INT(Uut/100)
!Get the GPIB port code from Uut
address
1250 CLEAR Busport
!Clear bus from any aborted previous
commands
1260 Timeinit$=”yes”
!Set a flag so timeout code is not
executed first pass
1270 ON TIMEOUT Busport,Timeouttime GOTO Timeflag
!Establish goto flag
for GPIB timeouts
1280 Timeflag:IF Timeinit$<>”yes” THEN
!After a timeout, execution comes
here
1290
OFF TIMEOUT Busport
1300
CLEAR Busport
!Clear any half done commands
1310
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘disarm’”
!Dissarm the DSP trigger
1320
CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Gather any error message from the
Agilent 8922M/S
1330
PRINT “Measurement Timed Out. Ending Test”
1340
IF Errcount=0 THEN
1350
Errcount=1
1360
Error$(1)=”No errors recorded”
1370
END IF
1380
FOR X=1 TO Errcount
!Print error messages
1390
PRINT Error$(X)
1400
NEXT X
1410
STOP
!Execution stops here after critical
errors
1420 ELSE
1430
Timeinit$=”no”
!Reset flag so next time, it must
be a real timeout
1440 END IF
1450 Errcount=0
1460 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Clear any old errors from
Agilent 8922M/S before the
1470 Errcount=0
!test begins
1480 !
1490 !===========================================================================
1500 !
1510 !PRESET THE Agilent 8922M/S AND SET IT TO THE CORRECT COMPATIBILITY MODE (executed once only)
1520 !
1530 !
1540 OUTPUT Uut;”*RST”
!Preset the Agilent 8922M/S
1550 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP?”
!Check compatability mode and set
to F or H
1560 ENTER Uut;Product$
1570 IF Product$<>”””8922S””” AND Product$<>”””8922M””” THEN
1580
IF Product$=”””8922E””” THEN OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP ‘8922S’”
1590
IF Product$=”””8922G””” THEN OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:COMP ‘8922M’”
1600
OUTPUT Uut;”*RST”
!A preset is needed after compatability change
1610 END IF
1620 CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Check for any errors logged by
Agilent 8922M/S
1630 !
2-42
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
1640
!================================================================================
1650 !
1660 !SELECT Agilent 8922M/S OPPERATING MODE TO SUITE MOBILES IN TEST MODE (executed
once only)
1670 !
1680 OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MODE ‘TEST MODE’”
!Select Test Mode opperation
1690 !
1700 !
1710 !============================================================================
1720 !
1730 !SET THE Agilent 8922M/S INITIAL CONDITIONS (executed once only)
1740 !
1750 !
1760 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:RFIN “;Extloss
!Set the external cable loss
1770 OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:MODE ‘ON’”
!Turn external offset mode ON to
use cable loss
1780 OUTPUT Uut;”CW:PMZERO”
!Zero the power meter
1790 OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Bchpwr
!Set the downlink power for normal
signalling
1800 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:MODE ‘SINGLE’”
!Set the DSP meas trigger to single
trig mode
1810 OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET ‘SINGLE’”
!Set bit error meas trigger to single trig mode
1820 OUTPUT Uut;”BET:BITS1 “;Bits1
!Set the number of bits to be measured for bit error
1830 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR DSP”
!Display the DSP amplitude main
screen to enter limits
1840 OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR:DSP:VIEW ‘AMPL MAIN’”
!for power versus time mask
1850 DATA -40,-28,-18,-10,0,180,360,542.769,547.769,552.769,560.769,570.769 !Mask
corner times in us
1860 DATA -36,-30,-6,4,1,1,1,1,1,-6,-30,-36
!Upper
limits in dB
1870 DATA -60,-60,-60,-60,-1,-1,-1,-1,-60,-60,-60,-60
!Lower limits in dB
1880 FOR X=1 TO 12
1890
READ Masktim
!Reas corner times
from DATA statement
1900
Masktim=Masktim/1.E+6
!Convert seconds
1910
Num$=VAL$(X)
!Convert index to
string for GPIB
1920
OUTPUT Uut;”DSP:AMPL:”&”time”&Num$&” “;Masktim
!Output marker times
1930 NEXT X
1940 FOR X=1 TO 12
1950
READ Maskup
!Read and output upper
limits
1960
Num$=VAL$(X)
1970
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:HLIM “;Maskup
1980
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:HLIM:STATE ON”
1990 NEXT X
2000 FOR X=1 TO 12
2010
READ Masklo
!Read and output lower
limits
2020
Num$=VAL$(X)
2030
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:LLIM “;Masklo
2040
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:DSP:AMPL:”&”AMPL”&Num$&”:LLIM:STATE ON”
2050 NEXT X
2060 !
2070
!=================================================================================
2080 !
2090 !CALL SUBROUTINE ASKING USER TO MAKE APROPRIATE CABLE CONNECTIONS
2100 !
2110 CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”CABLE”,0,0,Trickfreq,0)
!Ask user to connect
Agilent 8922M/S ports to
2120 !
!emulate a mobile in
test mode
2130 !
2-43
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
2140
!=================================================================================
2150 !
2160 !ESTABLISH A LOOP TO BE EXECUTED EACH TIME A MOBILE IS TESTED
2170 !
2180 !
2190 Run$=”yes”
!Flag for REPEAT loop
2200 REPEAT
2210
Clock(1)=TIMEDATE
!Start a test time
clock for call set up
2220 !
2230
!=================================================================================
2240 !
2250 !ACTIVATE THE MOBILE IN TEST MODE
2260 !
2270
CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”TXON”,Dsparfcn(1),Dsppwr(1),Trickfreq,Extloss)
!Activate the test mode mobile
2280 !
2290
!===================================================================================
2300 !
2310
Clock(1)=TIMEDATE-Clock(1)
!End call set up timer
2320
Clock(2)=TIMEDATE
!Start measurement timer
2330 !
2340
!===================================================================================
2350 !
2360 !PERFORM DSP MEASUREMENTS
2370 !
2380
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP DSP”
!Return to the DSP
amplitude main screen
2390
FOR Txcount=1 TO Numdsppwr
!Outer loop for Tx
levels
2400
Txlev=Dsppwr(Txcount)
!Get Tx level from array
2410
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlev
!Adjust Analyzer to
correct power for mobile
2420
CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”TXLEV”,0,Txlev,Trickfreq,Extloss) !Command test
mode mobile to new Tx Level
2430
Txlevchange$=”true”
2440
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numdsparfcn
!Inner loop for ARFCN
2450
Arfcn=Dsparfcn(Arcount)
!Get ARFCN from array
2460
Freq=(890+Arfcn*.2)*1000000
!Calculate ARFCN frequency
2470
CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”ARFCN”,Arfcn,0,Freq,Extloss) !Command test mode
mobile to new ARFCN
2480
OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:FREQ “;Freq
!Tune Analyzer to
correct frequency
2490
Count=0
!Establish counter
for repeat measurements
2500
REPEAT
!May need to repeat
if mobile not settled
2510
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:AST ‘ARM’”
!Arm the DSP measurement
2520
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:RMS?”
!Read all the DSP
results: rms phase error
2530
ENTER Uut;Rmspher(Arcount,Txcount)
2540 !Note: program will stick here, waiting for input if mobile fails to provide a
valid signal to trigger
2550 !
the HP 8922M/S. The program will timeout. The timeout code dissarms the
Agilent 8922M/S trigger.
2560
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:PEAK?” !
peak phase error
2570
ENTER Uut;Pkpher(Arcount,Txcount)
2580
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PHASE:ERROR:FREQUENCY?”!
frequency error
2590
ENTER Uut;Frer(Arcount,Txcount)
2-44
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
2600
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:MSUM?”
!
power versus time mask
2610
ENTER Uut;Mask$(Arcount,Txcount)
2620
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:PTCP?”
!
Tx power
2630
ENTER Uut;Slpwr(Arcount,Txcount)
2640
OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?”
!Read expected power
level to compare with
2650
ENTER Uut;Anlevel
!measured and +/-3dB
allowed range
2660
OUTPUT Uut;”MEASURE:DSPANALYZER:SSTATUS?”
!Check for any DSP
measurement errors
2670
ENTER Uut;Sstatus$
2680
Threedb=ABS(Anlevel-Slpwr(Arcount,Txcount))
!Calculate difference
between measured and expected
2690
Count=Count+1
2700
UNTIL Count=3 OR Threedb<Leveltol OR Txlevchange$=”false” !Re-do DSP once
if phone fails, the mobile
2710
IF Sstatus$<>”””No Error””” OR Threedb>3 THEN
!may still be settling
after Tx Level change
2720
Err$=”DSP Measurement Problem “
!Create an error message string
2730
IF Sstatus$<>”””No Error””” THEN Err$=Err$&Sstatus$
2740
IF Threedb>3 THEN Err$=Err$&” 3dB input range exceeded”
2750
Errcount=Errcount+1
2760
Error$(Errcount)=Err$
2770
END IF
2780
Txlevchange$=”false”
2790
NEXT Arcount
2800
NEXT Txcount
2810 !
2820
!==================================================================================
2830 !
2840 !PERFORM FAST POWER MEASUREMENTS
2850 !
2860
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR CELL1”
!Display cell control
screen
2870
FOR Txcount=Numfppwr TO 1 STEP -1
!Outer loop for mobile
Tx levels@@@@
2880
Txlev=Fppwr(Txcount)
!Get Tx level from array
2890
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:MS:TLEV”;Txlev
!Adjust analyzer to
correct expected power
2900
CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”TXLEV”,0,Txlev,Trickfreq,Extloss) !Command test
mode mobile to new T Level
2910
Txlevchange$=”true”
2920
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numfparfcn
!Inner loop for ARFCN
2930
Arfcn=Fparfcn(Arcount)
!Get ARFCN from array
2940
Freq=(890+Arfcn*.2)*1000000
!Calculate frequency
from ARFCN
2950
CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”ARFCN”,Arfcn,0,Freq,Extloss) !Command test mode
mobile to new ARFCN
2960
OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:FREQ “;Freq
!Tune analyzer frequency
2970
Txlevcount=0
!Count for Tx Level
settling
2980
REPEAT
!Loop while mobile Tx
Level settles
2990
Count=0
!Count for inner loop
3000
Fastpower1=0
!Swap variable for
fast power measurement
3010
REPEAT
!Loop untill value
stabalizes after analyzer
3020
Fastpower2=Fastpower1
!tuning.
3030
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:FTCP:POW?”
!read the peak power
meter
3040
ENTER Uut;Fastpower1
2-45
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
3050
Deltapower=ABS(Fastpower1-Fastpower2)
!Look for change since
last measurement
3060
Count=Count+1
!Though away 4 old
readings (in Agilent 8922M/S
3070
UNTIL (Count>4 AND Deltapower<Fpthreshold) OR Count>10 !measuremement
pipline) then look for settled
3080
IF Count>10 THEN
!value on new measurement ARFCN. If it never
3090
Errcount=Errcount+1
!settles note an error
3100
Error$(Errcount)=”Mobile’s output power did not settle within
‘Fpthreshold’ limits”
3110
END IF
3120
Fpwrmeas(Arcount,Txcount)=(Fastpower1+Fastpower2)/2 !Average last two
good readings
3130
OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:AMPL1?”
!Read the
Agilent 8922M/S analyzer expected input level
3140
ENTER Uut;Anlevel
!and compare with the
measured power to check that
3150
Threedb=ABS(Anlevel-Fpwrmeas(Arcount,Txcount))
!the result is within
the allowed +/-3dB window
3160
Txlevcount=Txlevcount+1
3170
UNTIL Threedb<Leveltol OR Txlevcount>10 OR Txlevchange$=”false”
3180
IF Threedb>3 THEN
3190
Errcount=Errcount+1
3200
Error$(Errcount)=”Fast power meas 3dB input range exceeded”
3210
END IF
3220
Txlevchange$=”false”
3230
NEXT Arcount
3240
NEXT Txcount
3250 !
3260
!==================================================================================
3270 !
3280 !PERFORM BIT ERROR MEASUREMENTS
3290 !
!Note: 4 BER measurements
can be made in parallel
3300
OUTPUT Uut;”DISP:SCR BER1”
!Display single BER
test screen
3310
FOR Rxcount=1 TO Numberpwr
!Outer loop for downlink power levels
3320
Berpo=Berpwr(Rxcount)
!Get downlink power
level from array
3330
OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Berpo
!Program Agilent 8922M/
S Generator to downlink power
3340
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numberarfcn
!Inner loop for BER
test ARFCN
3350
Arfcn=Berarfcn(Arcount)
!Get ARFCN from array
3360
Freq=(890+Arfcn*.2)*1000000
!Calculate frequency
from ARFCN
3370
CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”ARFCN”,Arfcn,0,Freq,Extloss) !Command test mode
mobile to new ARFCN
3380
OUTPUT Uut;”RFAN:FREQ “;Freq
!Tune analyzer frequency
3390
OUTPUT Uut;”TRIG:BET:MODE ‘RUN’”
!off BER test until
channel change is done. Run test.
3400
OUTPUT Uut;”MEAS:BET:BERR:RATIO1?”
!Read bit error test
result
3410
ENTER Uut;Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)
3420
Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)=Ber1(Arcount,Rxcount)/10000
!Convert from ppm to
%
3430
NEXT Arcount
3440
NEXT Rxcount
3450
OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL1 “;Bchpwr
!Reset downlink to
normal power
3460 !
3470
!================================================================================
3480 !
2-46
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
3490
Clock(2)=TIMEDATE-Clock(2)
!Stop measurement timer
3500
Clock(3)=TIMEDATE
!Start call clearing
timer
3510 !
3520
!================================================================================
3530 !
3540 !END THE CALL
3550 !
3560
CALL Sub_trickmobile(Uut,”TXOFF”,0,0,Trickfreq,0)
!Dissable the test
mode mobile
3570
CALL Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
!Check for any
Agilent 8922M/S logged errors
3580 !
3590 !
3600
!===================================================================================
3610 !
3620
Clock(3)=TIMEDATE-Clock(3)
!Stop the call clearing
timer
3630 !
3640
!====================================================================================
3650 !
3660 !PRINT MEASUREMENT RESULTS
3670 !
3680
CALL
Sub_printit(Fparfcn(*),Fppwr(*),Fpwrmeas(*),Null(*),Null(*),Null(*),Null(*),Nullst$(*
),Numfparfcn,Numfppwr,Message$(3),Message$(4),Emptyst$,Empty)
3690
CALL
Sub_printit(Dsparfcn(*),Dsppwr(*),Slpwr(*),Pkpher(*),Rmspher(*),Frer(*),Null(*),Mask$
(*),Numdsparfcn,Numdsppwr,Message$(5),Message$(6),Emptyst$,Empty)
3700
CALL
Sub_printit(Berarfcn(*),Berpwr(*),Ber1(*),Rxqual(*),Rxlev(*),Txtim(*),Null(*),Nullst$
(*),Numberarfcn,Numberpwr,Message$(7),Message$(8),Emptyst$,Empty)
3710 !
3720
!====================================================================================
3730 !
3740 !PRINT TEST TIMES AND ERROR MESSAGES
3750 !
3760 !
3770
FOR X=1 TO 3
3780
PRINT Message$(X+9);DROUND(Clock(X),4);Message$(9)
3790
NEXT X
3800
PRINT
3810
PRINT
3820
IF Errcount=0 THEN
3830
Errcount=1
3840
Error$(1)=”No Errors”
3850
END IF
3860
FOR X=1 TO Errcount
3870
PRINT Error$(X)
3880
NEXT X
3890
Errcount=0
3900 !
3910
!==================================================================================
3920 !
3930 !LOOP IF ANOTHER PHONE IS TO BE TESTED
3940 !
3950
PRINT Message$(2)
3960
INPUT Answer$
3970
Run$=”no”
3980
IF Answer$=”Y” OR Answer$=”y” THEN Run$=”yes”
3990 UNTIL Run$<>”yes”
4000 END
4010 !
2-47
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
4020
!====================================================================================
4030 !SUBROUTINES BELOW
4040
!====================================================================================
4050 !
4060 !RESULTS PRINTING SUBROUTINE
4070 !
4080 SUB
Sub_printit(Result1(*),Result2(*),Result3(*),Result4(*),Result5(*),Result6(*),Result7
(*),Result8$(*),Numarfcn,Numpwr,Title$,Heading$,Emptyst$,Empty)
4090
PRINT Title$
4100
PRINT
4110
PRINT Heading$
4120
FOR Arcount=1 TO Numarfcn
4130
FOR Txcount=1 TO Numpwr
4140
PRINT Result1(Arcount),
4150
PRINT Result2(Txcount),
4160
IF Result3(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result3(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4170
IF Result4(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result4(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4180
IF Result5(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result5(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4190
IF Result6(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result6(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4200
IF Result7(1,1)<>Empty THEN PRINT DROUND(Result7(Arcount,Txcount),4),
4210
IF Result8$(1,1)<>Emptyst$ THEN PRINT Result8$(Arcount,Txcount),
4220
PRINT
4230
NEXT Txcount
4240
NEXT Arcount
4250
PRINT
4260 SUBEND
4270 !
4280 !=============================================================================
4290 !
4300 !CHECK FOR Agilent 8922M/S SYSTEM ERRORS
4310 !
4320 SUB Sub_syserror(Uut,Error$(*),Errcount)
4330
DIM Systemerror$[100]
4340
REPEAT
!Set up a loop to drain the
Agilent 8922M/S error stack
4350
OUTPUT Uut;”SYSTEM:ERROR?”
!Read the last error from the
stack
4360
ENTER Uut;Systemerror$
4370
IF VAL(Systemerror$)<>0 THEN
!Code 0 indicates no error
4380
Errcount=Errcount+1
!If not zero, add the error to
the programs error array
4390
Error$(Errcount)=Systemerror$
4400
END IF
4410
UNTIL VAL(Systemerror$)=0
!End when all the errors have
been read
4420 SUBEND
4430 !
4440 !==============================================================================
4450 !
4460 !CONFIGURE THE Agilent 8922M/S AUX RF OUT PORT TO EMULATE A MOBILE IN TEST MODE
4470 !
4480 !This subroutine uses unsupported HP-IB commands to ‘trick’ the Agilent 8922M/S
into opperating as if
4490 !a test mode mobile was connected. The Aux RF Out port is configured to emulate
the mobile.
4500 !Replacing this subroutine with one to control a real GSM mobile would allow the
program to be
4510 !used in a real application
4520 !
4530 SUB Sub_trickmobile(Uut,Func$,Arfcn,Txlev,Trickfreq,Extloss)
4540
Trickfreq=(935+Arfcn*.2)*1000000
!Adjust the uplink frequency
to equal the downlink
4550
Trickloss=Extloss+(2*Txlev)-43+7
!Adjust the ext loss to simulate Tx Level changes
2-48
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Program 3
4560
IF Func$=”TXON” THEN
!These commands configure the
generator to begin
4570
OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:AMPL2 7DBM”
!emulating the mobile
4580
OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:OUTP ‘AUX RFOUT’”
4590
OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:RFIN “;Trickloss
4600
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn
4610
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:TSL 2”
4620
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:ORIGINATE”
4630
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_pulse_start_trig’”
4640
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 1431”
4650
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_pulse_stop_trig’”
4660
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 1281”
4670
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_tx_slot’”
4680
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 5”
4690
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_mux_a_cntl’”
4700
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 75”
4710
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_hop_to_bch’”
4720
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 1536”
4730
OUTPUT Uut;”RFG:MOD:PULS ‘EXT’”
4740
END IF
4750
IF Func$=”ARFCN” THEN
!These commands simulate a channel change by
4760
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCN “;Arfcn
!re-tuning the generator
4770
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_tx_slot’”
4780
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 5”
4790
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_mux_a_cntl’”
4800
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 75”
4810
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:SEL ‘g_hop_to_bch’”
4820
OUTPUT Uut;”SERV:LATCH:VALUE 1536”
4830
END IF
4840
IF Func$=”TXLEV” THEN
!These commands simulate a Tx
Level Change
4850
OUTPUT Uut;”CONF:OFL:RFIN “;Trickloss
4860
END IF
4870
IF Func$=”TXOFF” THEN
!Dissable the TCH to simulate
turning the
4880
OUTPUT Uut;”CELL:CALL:END”
!mobile off
4890
END IF
4900
IF Func$=”CABLE” THEN
4910
PRINT
4920
PRINT “Connect a short cable from the Agilent 8922M/S AUX RF OUT”
4930
PRINT “to the RF IN/OUT port”
4940
PRINT
4950
PRINT “Cycle instrument power when testing is complete”
4960
PRINT
4970
PRINT “Press Return when ready”
4980
PRINT
4990
INPUT Dummy$
5000
END IF
5010 SUBEND
5020 !
5030 !============================================================
5040 !end of program
2-49
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Transient Settling Times
Transient Settling Times
The following transient settling (wait times) should be considered when executing GPIB
programs from an external controller or using the built-in IBASIC controller to execute
programs.
NOTE
During query loops (especially for IBASIC applications), it is recommended to use a WAIT
statement like WAIT Delta_t, where Delta_t is user defined (i.e. WAIT 0.5 ! wait 0.5
seconds).
1
Each of the following operations requires checking that a certain state has been reached
before continuing with other GPIB commands:
a) Ending a Call. Wait for CELL CONTROL Call Status to be ’INACTIVE’and then
check for Call Status RR to be ’BCCH’.
OUTPUT 714;”CELL:CALL:END”
REPEAT
WAIT Delta_t
OUTPUT 714;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?”
ENTER 714;Query$
UNTIL Query$=”””INACTIVE”””
IF (Query$=”””INACTIVE”””)
REPEAT
WAIT Delta_t
OUTPUT 714;”CELL:CALL:STAT:RR?”
ENTER 714;Query$
UNTIL Query$=”””BCCH”””
END IF
! Query the Call Status
! Query the RR Call Status
b) Originating a Call. Must wait for CELL CONTROL Call Status to be
’CONNECTED’:
OUTPUT 714;”CELL:CALL:ORIG”
! Answer call when the mobile rings
REPEAT
WAIT Delta_t
OUTPUT 714;”CELL:CALL:STATUS:STATE?”
ENTER 714;Query$
UNTIL Query$=”””CONNECTED”””
2-50
! Query the Call Status
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Transient Settling Times
c) Setting the Agilent 8922M/S to an Activated state. Must wait for the CELL
CONTROL Signaling (RR) Call Status to be ’BCCH’.
OUTPUT 714;”DISP CCON”
OUTPUT 714;”CCON:STAT ’ACTIVATED’”
DISP ”Waiting for HP 8922M/S to provide BCCH. . .”
REPEAT
WAIT Delta_t
OUTPUT 714;”CELL:CALL:STAT:RR?”
! Query the RR Call Status
ENTER 714;Query$
UNTIL Query$=”””BCCH”””
d) Setting the Agilent 8922M/S back to a Settable state. Must wait for the field to
change its state.
OUTPUT 714;”CCON:STAT ’SETTABLE’”
REPEAT
WAIT Delta_t
OUTPUT 714;”CCON:STAT?”
! Query the Cell Configure state
ENTER 714;Query$
UNTIL Query$=”””SETTABLE”””
e) Doing a PRESET (*RST). Must make sure the call is ended (See (a)).
f) Running a Bit Error Test measurement. Must wait for STOP after a RUN is
executed to query any measurement results.
OUTPUT 714;”DISP BET”
OUTPUT 714;”TRIG:BET:MODE ’RUN’”
REPEAT
WAIT Delta_t
OUTPUT 714;”TRIG:BET:MODE?”
Trigger mode
ENTER 714;Query$
UNTIL Query$=”””STOP”””
! Query the Bit Error Test
g) Querying measurements in SINGLE or CONT (continous) mode. Refer to the
section for querying measurements through GPIB.
2-51
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Transient Settling Times
2. The following operations may affect how much wait time is needed between GPIB or
IBASIC commands.
a) IBASIC operation - especially tight query loops
b) Continuous measurements
i. DSP Analyzer - Phase, Amplitude and Data Bits measurements
ii. Output RF Spectrum measurements Option 006 only
iii. Pulse On/Off Ratio measurements Option 006 only
iv. Spectrum Analyzer measurements Option 006 only
v. Oscilloscope measurements
vi. CW measurements
vii. AF Analyzer measurements
c) Signaling operations:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
SACCH measurements
Intercell Handovers
Intracell Handovers
Trace views are active
3. When performing the following operations, include a wait statement for a maximum of
the period of time given, before issuing the next command.
a) Executing Loopback functions - loopback on and off: 1 second
OUTPUT 714,”CELL:AUD:LOOP:OFF”
WAIT 1
! loopback off
OUTPUT 714,”CELL:AUD:LOOP:FE”
WAIT 1
! on with frame erasure
OUTPUT 714,”CELL:AUD:LOOP:NOFE” ! on without frame erasure
WAIT 1
b) Changing Audio Speech Configurations to ’ECHO’: 0.5 second
OUTPUT 714,”CELL:AUD:SPE:CONF
WAIT 0.5
’ECHO’
c) Changing Audio Speech Configurations to ’PRBS’: 2 seconds
OUTPUT 714,”CELL:AUD:SPE:CONF
WAIT 2
’PRBS’
d) Setting the MS TX power Level: 1 second
OUTPUT 714,”CELL:MS:TLEV 7”
WAIT 1
2-52
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Transient Settling Times
e) Arming DSP Analyzer, Output RF Spectrum or Pulse On/Off measurements in
Single mode from IBASIC - after sending the Arm command wait approximately 5
seconds.
OUTPUT 714,”TRIG:ASTate ’ARM’”
WAIT 5
f) IMEI Request: 10 seconds
OUTPUT 714,”MSIN:MS:IMEI:REQ”
- WAIT 10
g) TMSI Reallocation: Query TMSI value (should change within 10 seconds)
i. Read TMSI string OUTPUT 714,”MSIN:PAG:TMSI?”
ii. Send TMSI Reallocation command OUTPUT
714,”MSIN:PAG:TMSI:REAL”
iii. Wait until OUTPUT 714,”MSIN:PAG:TMSI?” returns a new string
1
10 seconds maximum
We expect users, operating remotely, to make measurements in single mode, mainly for
speed reasons. However, if you operate in continuous (CONT) measurement mode and
you change a parameter that affects the measurement result, then (at a maximum) the third
measurement result queried will be an outcome of the new setup and not the previous
setup.
2-53
GPIB Tutorial and Examples
Transient Settling Times
2-54
3
AF Analyzer Subsystem
3-1
AF Analyzer Subsystem
Continued Over
3-2
AF Analyzer Subsystem
3-3
AF Analyzer Subsystem
AIN
AIN
Description
Selects/queries the state of the front panel AUDIO IN LO BNC connector. FLOAT means
AUDIO IN LO will be used to generate floating input signal (that is NOT referenced to a
common ground signal). GND means AUDIO IN LO will be connected to a common
ground signal
Syntax
AFANalyzer:AIN?
AFANalyzer:AIN <string>
Options
‘FLOAT’ | ‘GND’
DEMPhasis
Description
Selects/queries the AF ANalyzer DE-EMPhasis state.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:DEMPhasis?
AFANalyzer:DEMPhasis <string>
Options
’750 US’ | ’OFF’
DEMPhasis:GAIN
Description
Selects/queries the DE-EMPhasis GAIN selection. Typically, this is selected
automatically, based on audio level.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:DEMPhasis:GAIN?
AFANalyzer:DEMPhasis:GAIN <string>
Options
’0 DB’ | ’10 DB’ | ’20 DB’ | ’30 DB’
DETector
Description
Selects/queries the AF Analyzer Detector which is used for all AF Analyzer measurements.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:DETector?
AFANalyzer:DETector <string>
Options
’RMS’ | ’PK+’ | ’PK-’ | ’PK+-/2’ | ’PK+-MAX’ |
’PK+ HOLD’ | ’PK- HOLD’ | ’PK+-/2 HD’ | ’PK+-MX HD’
3-4
AF Analyzer Subsystem
DETector:PKLocation
DETector:PKLocation
Description
Selects/queries the PeaK DETector Location.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:DETector:PKLocation?
AFANalyzer:DETector:PKLocation <string>
Options
’FILTERS’ | ’DE-EMP’
DETector:SETTling
Description
Selects/queries the DETector SETTling mode.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:DETector:SETTling?
AFANalyzer:DETector:SETTling <string>
Options
‘SLOW’ | ‘FAST’
Where;
•
SLOW is useful for low frequency audio measurements.
•
FAST is useful for higher frequency audio measurements.
ELResistor
Description
Sets/queries the External Load Resistor assumed for measuring watts of power into an
external load resistor. Default GPIB and display unit is Ohms.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:ELResistor?
AFANalyzer:ELResistor <real [units]> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer Appendix B.
3-5
AF Analyzer Subsystem
FILTer1
FILTer1
Description
Selects/queries the AF Analyzer Filter 1.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:FILTer1?
AFAN:FILT1?
AFANalyzer:FILTer1 <string>
AFAN:FILT1 <string>
Options
‘20HZ HPF’ | ’50HZ HPF’ | ’300HZ HPF’
FILTer2
Description
Selects/queries the AF Analyzer Filter 2.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:FILTer2?
AFAN:FILT2?
AFAN:FILT2 <string>
AFANalyzer:FILTer2 <string>
Options
’300HZ LPF’ | ’3KHZ LPF’ | ’15KHZ LPF’| ’>99KHZ LP’
GTIMe
Description
Sets/queries the AF ANalyzer Gate TIMe (AF Cnt Gate).
Default GPIB unit is seconds (S).
Default display unit is milli-seconds (MS).
Syntax
AFANalyzer:GTIMe?
AFANalyzer:GTIMe <real [units]> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer Appendix B.
3-6
AF Analyzer Subsystem
INPut
INPut
Description
Selects/queries the AF ANalyzer INPut. This selection determines what signal is to be
measured by the AF ANalyzer as well as for the oscilloscope.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:INPut?
AFANalyzer:INPut <string>
Options
’SCOPE IN’ | ’FM DEMOD’ | ’PLS DEMOD’ | ’AUDIO IN’ |
’AUDIO OUT’| ’AM MOD IN’ | ’SPEECH IN’ |
’SPEECHOUT’
INPut:GAIN
Description
Selects/queries the INPut GAIN. This is typically selected automatically based on audio
level.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:INPut:GAIN?
AFANalyzer:INPut:GAIN <string>
Options
’0 DB’ | ’20 DB’ | ’40 DB’
SMPoint
Description
Selects/queries the Scope Measurement Point. This selection determines where in the
hardware block diagram the oscilloscope is making the desired measurement.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:SMPoint?
AFANalyzer:SMPoint <string>
Options
’DE-EMP’ | ’FILTERS’ | ’INPUT’ | ’NOTCH’
NOTCh:GAIN
Description
Selects/queries the NOTCh GAIN. This is typically selected automatically based on audio
level.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:NOTCh:GAIN?
AFANalyzer:NOTCh:GAIN <string>
Options
’0 DB’ | ’10 DB’ | ’20 DB’ | ’30 DB’ | ’40 DB’
3-7
AF Analyzer Subsystem
RANGing
RANGing
Description
Selects/queries the RANGing (Gain Cntl) STATe.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:RANGing?
AFANalyzer:RANGing <string>
Options
’AUTO’ | ’HOLD’
Where;
•
AUTO results in gain selections being made automatically based on audio level.
•
HOLD causes all gain selections to maintain their present state for either manual
selection or until AUTO is selected.
SPEaker:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the SPEaker ALC MODE.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:SPEaker:MODE?
AFANalyzer:SPEaker:MODE <string>
Options
NOTE
’ON’ | ’OFF’
This command is not available for the Agilent 8922S.
SPEaker:VOLume
Description
Selects/queries the SPEaker VOLume.
Syntax
AFANalyzer:SPEaker:VOLume?
AFANalyzer:SPEaker:VOLume <string>
Options
’POT’ | ’OFF’
Where;
NOTE
•
POT means the SPEaker VOLume is controlled via the front panel VOLUME control.
•
OFF means the SPEaker VOLume is turned off, independent of the front panel
VOLUME control.
This command is not available for the Agilent 8922S.
3-8
4
AF Generator Subsystem
4-1
AF Generator Subsystem
4-2
AF Generator Subsystem
AMPLitude
AMPLitude
Description
Sets/queries the AF Generator Audio Output AMPLitude, which will be present at the front
panel AUDIO OUT connector.
GPIB unit is Volts.
Display units are V and mV.
Default display unit is mV.
Syntax
AFGenerator:AMPLitude?
AFGenerator:AMPLitude <integer [units]> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
COUPling
Description
Selects/queries the AF Generator Audio Output COUPling
Syntax
AFGenerator:COUPling?
AFGenerator:COUPling <string>
Options
‘AC’ | ‘DC’
FREQuency
Description
Sets/queries the AF Generator Audio Output, which will be present at the front panel
AUDIO OUT connector.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is KHZ.
Syntax
AFGenerator:FREQuency?
AFGenerator:FREQuency <integer [units]> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
4-3
AF Generator Subsystem
FREQuency
4-4
5
Audio Frequency Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
5-1
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
Continued Over
5-2
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
5-3
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
ACLevel
ACLevel
Description
Sets the AC Level MEASurement attributes.
GPIB unit is V.
Display units are dBm, V, mV, uV, dBuV, W; default unit is V.
Queries the AC Level MEASurement result for AF Analyzer inputs.
(AFAN:INP) that are in units of AC level.
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:ACLevel?
MEASure:AFRequency:ACLevel[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
AM
Description
Sets the AM Depth MEASurement attributes. Queries the AM Depth MEASurement result
for AF Analyzer inputs (AFAN:INP) that are units of percent.
GPIB unit is %(PCT).
Display units are %(PCT).
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:AM?
MEASure:AFRequency:AM[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
DCAM
Description
Sets the DC AM Level MEASurement attributes. Queries the DC Level MEASurement
result for AF Analyzer inputs (AFAN:INP) that are units of percent.
GPIB unit is %(PCT).
Display units are %(PCT).
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:DCAM?
MEASure:AFRequency:DCAM[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
5-4
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
DCFM
DCFM
Description
Sets the DC FM Level MEASurement attributes. Queries the DC Level MEASurement
result for AF Analyzer inputs (AFAN:INP) that are units of Hertz.
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are KHZ, HZ; default unit is HZ.
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:DCFM?
MEASure:AFRequency:DCFM[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
DCVolts
Description
Sets the DC Volts MEASurement attributes. Queries the DC Volts MEASurement result for
AF Analyzer inputs (AFAN:INP) that are units of DC Volts.
GPIB unit is V.
Display units are dBm, V, mV, uV, dBuV, W; default unit is V.
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:DCVolts?
MEASure:AFRequency:DCVolts[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
DISTortion
Description
Sets the DISTortion MEASurement attributes. Queries the DISTortion MEASurement
result.
GPIB and Display units are dB and percent (PCT).
Default HP-IB and display unit is PCT.
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:DISTortion?
MEASure:AFRequency:DISTortion[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
5-5
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FM
FM
Description
Sets the FM deviation MEASurement attributes. Queries the FM deviation MEASurement
result for FM DEMOD AF Analyzer.
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are kHZ, HZ; default unit is HZ.
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:FM?
MEASure:AFRequency:FM[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options.
Refer to Appendices D, F and G
FREQuency
Description
Sets the Audio FREQuency MEASurement attributes. Queries the Audio FREQuency
MEASurement result.
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are KHZ, HZ; default unit is HZ.
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:FREQuency?
MEASure:AFRequency:FREQuency[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
SELect
Description
Selects/queries the Audio FRequency SELected measurement. NOTE: to get valid
measurements for DC AM, DC FM and DC Volts, this filed must be set to ’DC LEVEL’
and the AF Analyzer Input (AFAN:INP) is set to look at an AM, FM, or voltage source
(respectively).
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:SELect?
MEASure:AFRequency:SELect <string>
Options
’AF FREQ’ | ’DC LEVEL’ | ’DISTN’ | ’SINAD’
5-6
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SINad
SINad
Description
Sets the SINad MEASurement attributes. Queries the SINad MEASurement result.
GPIB and Display units are dB and percent (PCT)
Default GPIB and Display unit is dB
Syntax
MEASure:AFRequency:SINad?
MEASure:AFRequency:SINad[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
5-7
Audio Frequency Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SINad
5-8
6
Bit Error Test Subsystem
6-1
Bit Error Test Subsystem
6-2
Bit Error Test Subsystem
BITS
BITS
Description
Sets/queries the number of BITS to test to make this Bit Error Test measurement complete.
Syntax
BETest:BITS<n>?
BETest:BITS<n> <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Where <n>= 1 through 4.
Refer to Appendix A.
LOOPback:LDELay
Description
Sets/queries the Loop DELay. This is the number of speech frames to be assumed for
loopback. delay. This affects how and when bit error test measurement bit patterns are
compared.
Syntax
BETest:LOOPback:LDELay?
BETest:LOOPback:LDELay <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
LOOPback:LDELay:MODE
Description
Sets/queries the Loop DELay MODE.
Syntax
BETest:LOOPback:LDELay:MODE?
BETest:LOOPback:LDELay:MODE <string>
Options
’AUTO’ | ’MANUAL’
Where;
•
AUTO automatically sets LDELay (above) once when the measurement is started. This
is a timing calibration action.
•
MANUAL means the Loop DELay is controlled manually via the :LDELay command.
6-3
Bit Error Test Subsystem
TYPE
TYPE
Description
Selects/queries the Bit Error Test measurement TYPE. This defines the Bit Error Test
measurement TYPE for each of the four available Bit Error Test measurements.
Syntax
BETest:TYPE<n>?
BETest:TYPE<n> <string>
Options
’TYPEI’ | ’RESTYPEI’ | ’TYPEIA’ | ’RESTYPEIA’ |
’TYPEII’ | ’RESTYPEII’ | ’TYPEIB’ | ’RESTYPEIB’ |
’ALLFS’ | ’RESALLFS’ | ’OFF’
Where <n>= 1 through 4.
6-4
7
Bit Error Test Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
7-1
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
Continued Over
7-2
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
7-3
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
BESelect
BESelect
Description
Selects/queries the Bit Error SELected Bit Error Test measurement to display (BE Ratio,
BE Count) for the given measurement number n,
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:BESelect<n>?
MEASure:BETest:BESelect<n> <string>
Options
’BE COUNT’ | ’BE RATIO’
where <n> = 1..4.
BERRor:COUNt
Description
Sets the Bit ERRor COUNt MEASurement attributes. Queries the Bit ERRor COUNt
(completed),
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:COUNt<n>?
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:COUNt<n>[:MM_MOD] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices E and F.
BERRor:ICOunt
Description
Sets the Bit ERRor Intermediate COunt MEASurement attributes. Queries the Bit ERRor
COunt (completed).
NOTE: This can only be queried when in the state
TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:ICOUNt<n>?
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:ICOUNt<n>[:MM-MOD] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices E and F.
7-4
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
BERRor:IRATio
BERRor:IRATio
Description
Sets CRC Intermediate RATio MEASurement attributes. Queries the CRC Intermediate
RATio
GPIB units are % (PCT), PPM;
default unit is PPM.
Display units are % (PCT), PPM;
default unit is PPM.
NOTE: This can only be queried when in the state
TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:IRATio<n>?
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:IRATio<n>[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices D and F.
BERRor:RATio
Description
Sets Bit Error RATio MEASurement attributes. Queries the Bit ERRor RATio
GPIB units are % (PCT), PPM;
default unit is PPM.
Display units are % (PCT), PPM;
default unit is PPM.
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:RATio<n>?
MEASure:BETest:BERRor:RATio<n>[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices D and F.
BTESted
Description
Queries the number of Bits TESted for the completed Bit ERRor Test measurements
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:BTESted<n>?
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
7-5
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
CRC:COUNt
CRC:COUNt
Description
Sets the CRC COUNt MEASurement attributes. Queries the CRC COUNt (completed),
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:CRC:COUNt<n>?
MEASure:BETest:CRC:COUNt<n>[:MM-MOD] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices E and F.
CRC:ICOunt
Description
Sets the CRC Intermediate COunt MEASurement attributes. Queries the CRC Intermediate
COunt (completed).
NOTE: This can only be queried when in the state
TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:CRC:ICOunt<n>?
MEASure:BETest:CRC:ICOunt<n>[:MM-MOD] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices E and F.
CRC:IRATio
Description
Sets CRC Intermediate RATio MEASurement attributes. Queries the CRC Intermediate
RATio
GPIB units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
Display units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
NOTE: This can only be queried when in the state
TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:CRC:IRATio<n>?
MEASure:BETest:CRC:IRATio<n>[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices D and F.
7-6
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
CRC:RATio
CRC:RATio
Description
Sets CRC RATio MEASurement attributes. Queries the CRC RATio (completed).
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:CRC:RATio<n>?
MEASure:BETest:CRC:RATio<n>[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices D and F.
FERasure:COUNt
Description
Sets the Frame ERasure COUNt MEASurement attributes. Queries the CRC COUNt
(completed),
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:COUNt<n>?
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:COUNt<n>[:MM-MOD] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices E and F.
FERasure:ICOunt
Description
Sets the Frame ERasure Intermediate COunt MEASurement attributes. Queries the Frame
ERasure Intermediate COunt.
NOTE: This can only be queried when in the state
TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:ICOunt<n>?
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:ICOunt<n>[:MM-MOD] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices E and F.
7-7
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FERasure:IRATio
FERasure:IRATio
Description
Sets Frame ERasure Intermediate RATio MEASurement attributes. Queries the Frame
ERasure Intermediate RATio
GPIB units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
Display units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
NOTE
This can only be queried when in the state: TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:IRATio<n>?
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:IRATio<n>[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices D and F.
FERasure:RATio
Description
Sets Frame ERasure RATio MEASurement attributes. Queries the Frame ERasure
RATio(completed).
GPIB units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
Display units are % (PCT), PPM; default unit is PPM.
NOTE
This can only be queried when in the state: TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:RATio<n>?
MEASure:BETest:FERasure:RATio<n>[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
Refer to Appendices D and F.
FLSelect
Description
Selects/queries the Frame Loss Selected Bit Error Test measurement to display (Count or
Ratio) for the given Frame Loss TYpe (FE or CRC).
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:FLSelect<n>?
MEASure:BETest:FLSelect<n> <string>
Options
‘COUNT’ | ‘RATIO’
where <n> = 1..4.
7-8
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FLTYpe
FLTYpe
Description
Selects/queries the Frame Loss Selected Bit Error Test measurement to display (Count or
Ratio) for the given Frame Loss Select (Count or Ration) for the given measurement
number.
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:FLTYpe<n>?
MEASure:BETest:FLTYpe<n> <string>
Options
‘FE’ | ‘CRC’
where <n> = 1..4.
IBTested
Description
NOTE
Queries the number of Bits Tested for the Intermediate Bit Error Test measurements.
This can only be queried when in the state: TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:IBTested<n>?
Options
where <n> = 1..4.
SSTatus
Description
Queries the Bit Error Test SYNC STatus. Will return ’NO ERROR’ or ’BAD SYNC’. This
field will only be updated when the demod arm state goes from ”DISARM” to ”ARM.” This
is the same as DDEMod:SYNC:SSTatus.
Syntax
MEASure:BETest:SSTatus?
Options
Not Applicable
7-9
Bit Error Test Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SSTatus
7-10
8
Cell Configuration Subsystem
NOTE
If you have the Agilent 8922M/S Option 010 Multi-Band Test System, you will have
access to additional GPIB commands. These commands are used when working with dual
band mobiles. For a full description of these additional commands and their syntax, refer
to the Agilent 8922 Multi-Band User’s Guide.
8-1
Cell Configuration Subsystem
Continued Over
8-2
Cell Configuration Subsystem
Continued Over
8-3
Cell Configuration Subsystem
Continued Over
8-4
Cell Configuration Subsystem
Continued Over
8-5
Cell Configuration Subsystem
8-6
Cell Configuration Subsystem
ABCCh
ABCCh
Description
Selects/queries the Auxiliary BCCH. This defines the state of the auxiliary BCCH data and
clock outputs.
Syntax
CCONfigure:ABCCh?
CCONfigure:ABCCh <string>
Options
‘OFF’ | ‘ADJACENT’
Where;
•
OFF means the auxiliary BCCH is deactivated.
•
ADJACENT means the auxiliary BCCH outputs are intended to be used to generate an
adjacent cell BCCH (using an external 0.3 GMSK RF Generator).
ABCCh:BCC
Description
Queries the Auxiliary Base station Colour Code
Syntax
CCONfigure:ABCCh:BCC?
Options
Not Applicable.
CCHannel
Description
Selects/queries the type of Control CHannel to be used.
Syntax
CCONfigure:CCHannel?
CCONfigure:CCHannel <string>
Options
’SD/4’ | ’SD/8’ | ’FA’ | ’SD/4+FA’
Where;
•
SD/4 means the SDCCH shares the same physical channel as the BCCH.
•
SD/8 means the SDCCH is separate from the BCCH and is on a physical channel
specified by the user.
•
FA is the same as SD/8, except the TCH1 configuration is used in ’signaling only’
mode instead of using the SDCCH channel.
•
SD/4 + FA is the same as SD/4, except the TCH1 configuration is used in ’signaling
only’ mode instead of using the SDCCH channel.
8-7
Cell Configuration Subsystem
CCHannel:SDCCH8:ARFCn
CCHannel:SDCCH8:ARFCn
Description
Sets/queries the Control CHannel ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number)
for the SDCCH/8.
This is used only when CCON:CCH is ’SD/8’.
Syntax
CCONfigure:CCHannel:SDCCH8:ARFCn?
CCONfigure:CCHannel:SDCCH8:ARFCn <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
CCHannel:SDCCH8:TSLot
Description
Sets/queries the Control CHannel ARFCn (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number)
for the SDCCH8.
Syntax
CCONfigure:CCHannel:SDCCH8:TSLot?
CCONfigure:CCHannel:SDCCH8:TSLot <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
BA
Description
Sets/queries the Broadcast control channel Allocation. Entries in BA table must be in
contiguous ascending order. The allocation must begin at BA1 and continue through
BA<n>. Unallocated entries are turned off.
Where <n> = the highest number allocated in the range 1 to 16.
Syntax
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:BA<n>?
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:BA<n> <integer>
Options
512 to 885 for DCS1800
0 to 124 | 975 to 1023 for EGSM
512 to 810 for PCS1900
Where <n> = 1 to 16
8-8
Cell Configuration Subsystem
CA
CA
Description
Sets/queries the Cell Allocation.
Entries in CA table must be in contiguous ascending order. The allocation must begin at
CA1 and continue through CA<m>. Unallocated entries are turned off.
Where <m> = the highest number allocated in the range 1 to 16.
Syntax
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:CA<n>?
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:CA<n> <integer>
Options
512 to 885 for DCS1800
0 to 124 | 975 to 1023 for EGSM
512 to 810 for PCS1900
Where <n> = 1 to 16
MA1
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 1.
This is a binary string representing which CA ARFCNs will be in Mobile Allocation
number 1. This defines which of the first 16 entries in the CA will be part of the sequential
hop sequence for MA1.
Syntax
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA1?
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA1 <quoted string>
Options
NOTE
Not Applicable.
All 16 entries must be input.
MA1:IOFFset
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 1 Index Offset. This defines where the hop sequence
starts for MA1.
Syntax
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA1:IOFFset?
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA1:IOFFset <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
8-9
Cell Configuration Subsystem
MA2
MA2
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 2.
This is a binary string representing which CA ARFCNs will be in Mobile Allocation
number 2. This defines which of the first 16 entries in the CA will be part of the sequential
hop sequence for MA2.
Syntax
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA2?
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA2 <quoted string>
Options
NOTE
Not Applicable.
All 16 entries must be input.
MA2:IOFFset
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 2 Index Offset. This defines where the hop sequence
starts for MA2.
Syntax
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA1:IOFFset?
CCONfigure:DCS1800 | PCS1900 | EGSM:MA1:IOFFset <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
[:GSM900]:BA
Description
Sets/queries the Broadcast control channel Allocation. This is a binary string representing
which ARFCNs are in the BCCH Allocation. A ’1’ in the first entry represents the
existence of ARFCN 1.
Syntax
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:BA?
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:BA <integer>
Options
NOTE
Quoted string.
All 124 entries must be input.
8-10
Cell Configuration Subsystem
[:GSM900]:CA
[:GSM900]:CA
Description
Sets/queries the Cell Allocation.
This is a binary string representing which ARFCNs are in the Cell Allocation. A ’1’ in the
first entry represents the existence of ARFCN 1.
Syntax
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:CA?
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:CA <integer>
Options
NOTE
Quoted string.
All 124 entries must be input.
[:GSM900]:MA1
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 1.
This is a binary string representing which CA ARFCNs will be in Mobile Allocation
number 1. This defines which of the first 64 entries of 1’s in the CA will be part of the
sequential hop sequence for MA1.
Syntax
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA1?
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA1 <quoted string>
Options
NOTE
Not Applicable.
All 64 entries must be input.
[:GSM900]:MA1:IOFFset
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 1 Index Offset. This defines where the hop sequence
starts for MA1.
Syntax
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA1:IOFFset?
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA1:IOFFset <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
8-11
Cell Configuration Subsystem
[:GSM900]:MA2
[:GSM900]:MA2
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 2.
This is a binary string representing which CA ARFCNs will be in Mobile Allocation
number 2. This defines which of the first 64 entries of 1’s in the CA will be part of the
sequential hop sequence for MA2.
Syntax
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA2?
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA2 <quoted string>
Options
NOTE
Not Applicable.
All 64 entries must be input.
[:GSM900]:MA2:IOFFset
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Allocation 2 Index Offset. This defines where the hop sequence
starts for MA1.
Syntax
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA2:IOFFset?
CCONfigure[:GSM900]:MA2:IOFFset <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
NOTE
Refer to Appendix A.
All 64 entries must be input.
LAI:MCCode
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Country Code (3 decimal digits).
Syntax
CCONfigure:LAI:MCCode?
CCONfigure:LAI:MCCode <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
8-12
Cell Configuration Subsystem
LAI:MNCode
LAI:MNCode
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Area Code (2 decimal digits).
Syntax
CCONfigure:LAI:MNCode?
CCONfigure:LAI:MNCode <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
LAI:LACode
Description
Sets/queries the Mobile Area Code.
Syntax
CCONfigure:LAI:LACode?
CCONfigure:LAI:LACode <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
SCELl:ARFCn
Description
Sets/queries the Serving Cell ARFCn.
Syntax
CCONfigure:SCELl:ARFCn?
CCONfigure:SCELl:ARFCn <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
SCELl:BCC
Description
Sets/queries the Serving Cell Base Station Colour.
Syntax
CCONfigure:SCELl:BCC?
CCONfigure:SCELl:BCC <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
8-13
Cell Configuration Subsystem
SCELl:NCC
SCELl:NCC
Description
Sets/queries the Serving Cell Network Colour Code.
Syntax
CCONfigure:SCELl:NCC?
CCONfigure:SCELl:NCC <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
STATe
Description
Selects/queries the Cell CONfiguration STATe.
Syntax
CCONfigure:STATe?
CCONfigure:STATe <string>
Options
‘SETTABLE’ | ‘ACTIVATED’
Where;
•
SETTABLE means that all Cell Configuration settings can be changed and that the
signaling state will be ”None”. An active call will be automatically terminated in this
state.
•
ACTIVATED means that all Cell Configuration settings are ”frozen” and the signaling
state will be at least ”BCCH”. This state will not be allowed if the settings on the
CCON (Cell Config) screen are not compatible.
8-14
9
Cell Control Subsystem
9-1
Cell Control Subsystem
Continued Over
9-2
Cell Control Subsystem
Continued Over
9-3
Cell Control Subsystem
Continued Over
9-4
Cell Control Subsystem
Continued Over
9-5
Cell Control Subsystem
Continued Over
9-6
Cell Control Subsystem
9-7
Cell Control Subsystem
AUDio:DAI:ATESt
AUDio:DAI:ATESt
Description
This selects the DAI (Digital Audio Interface) Audio Test mode.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:DAI:ATESt
Options
Not Applicable.
AUDio:DAI:NORMal
Description
This selects the DAI (Digital Audio Interface) Normal mode.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:DAI:NORMal
Options
Not Applicable.
AUDio:LOOPback
Description
Queries the Audio Loopback Commands.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:LOOPback?
Options
Not Applicable.
AUDio:LOOPback:FAST
Description
Tells the Mobile to go into Fast Loopback mode.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:LOOPback:FAST
Options
Not Applicable.
AUDio:LOOPback:FE
Description
Turns MS Loopback on with Frame Erasure.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:LOOPback:FE
Options
Not Applicable.
9-8
Cell Control Subsystem
AUDio:LOOPback:OFF
AUDio:LOOPback:OFF
Description
Turns MS Loopback OFF.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:LOOPback:OFF
Options
Not Applicable.
AUDio:LOOPback:NOFE
Description
Turns MS Loopback on with NO Frame Erasure.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:LOOPback:NOFE
Options
Not Applicable
AUDio:SPEech:CONFigure
Description
NOTE
Selects/queries the speech configuration.
This has couplings with DC AM.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:CONFigure?
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:CONFigure <string>
Options
’NONE’ | ’UNCOND’ | ’COND’ | ’ECHO’ | ’PRBS’
Where;
NOTE
•
NONE means that speech (hardware) is deactivated.
•
UNCOND means that speech will be unconditioned (that is not amplifiable).
•
COND means that speech will be conditioned (i.e., amplifiable).
•
ECHO means that speech (hardware) will be put into an ”echo” mode, where we will
echo back to the MS whatever we received, with a settable echo delay (time).
•
PRBS means that speech (hardware) is outputting a pseudo random binary sequence.
NONE, UNCOND, COND are not available in the Agilent 8922S.
9-9
Cell Control Subsystem
AUDio:SPEech:EDELay
AUDio:SPEech:EDELay
Description
Selects/queries the speech Echo delay.
This is the delay time for the ECHO speech mode. This only applies when
CELL:AUD:SPE:CONF is ECHO.
Default GPIB and display unit is seconds (S).
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:EDELay?
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:EDELay <integer [units]> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
AUDio:SPEech:GAIN
Description
Sets/queries the speech GAIN (unitless).
This is the speech gain for the conditioned speech mode. This only applies when
CELL:AUD:SPE:CONF is CONDitioned.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:GAIN?
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:GAIN <real [units]> | [:INUM]
Options
NOTE
Refer to Appendix A.
This feature is not available in the Agilent 8922S.
AUDio:SPEech:PRBS:PATTern
Description
Sets/queries the speech PRBS pattern.
This is the pattern for the PRBS speech. This only applies when CELL:AUD:SPE:CONF
is PRBS.
Syntax
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:PRBS:PATTern?
CELL:AUDio:SPEech:PRBS:PATTern <string>
Options
’CCITT-15’ | ’CCITT-23’ | ’0’ | ’1’ | ’01’ | ’10’
9-10
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:CONNect
CALL:CONNect
Description
Selects/queries the connect (mode).
Syntax
CELL:CALL:CONNect?
CELL:CALL:CONNect <string>
Options
‘AUTO’ | ‘MANUAL’
Where;
•
AUTO means that we will automatically attempt to connect to an MS-initiated call.
•
MANUAL means that you must use CELL:CALL:RECeive to receive an MS-initiated
call.
CALL:COUNt:BSYNc
Description
NOTE
Count of Bad syncs detected during this call or since COUNt:RESet.
It is normal to detect Bad SYNcs during call setup.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:COUNt:BSYNc?
Options
Not Applicable.
CALL:COUNt:DERRor | FERRor
Description
NOTE
COUNt of Decoding ERRors detected during this call or since COUNt:RESet.
It is normal to detect Decode ERRors during call setup.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:COUNt:DERRor | FERRor?
Options
Not Applicable.
CALL:COUNt:PAGE
Description
COUNt of PAGEs made during this call or since COUNt:RESet.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:COUNt:PAGE?
Options
Not Applicable.
9-11
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:COUNt:RACH
CALL:COUNt:RACH
Description
COUNt of RACHs received during this call or since COUNt:RESet.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:COUNt:RACH?
Options
Not Applicable.
CALL:COUNt:RESet
Description
RESets all CALL COUNts to zero.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:COUNt:RESet
Options
Not Applicable.
CALL:END
Description
Executes an END (i.e., terminate) CALL.
This terminates a call in progress and is the same as selecting the END CALL front panel
hardkey.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:END
Options
Not Applicable.
CALL:LIMit
Description
Selects/queries the CALL control LIMit.
This affects how far a call will be allowed to get, which is useful when making
measurements on transient states while setting up a call.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:LIMit?
CELL:CALL:LIMit <string>
Options
’BCCH’ | ’DCCH’ | ’TCH’
9-12
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:ORIGinate
CALL:ORIGinate
Description
Executes an ORIGinate (i.e., make) a CALL.
This attempts a BS originated (MS terminated) call and is the same as selecting the ORG
CALL front-panel hardkey.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:ORIGinate
Options
Not Applicable.
CALL:PAGing
Description
Selects/queries the PAGing Mode.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:PAGing?
CELL:CALL:PAGing <string>
Options
’CONT’ | ’SINGLE’
Where;
•
CONT means continuous pages will occur when attempting to make a BS-originated
call.
•
SINGLE means that just one page will occur when attempting to make a BS-originated
call.
CALL:RECeive
Description
Executes RECeive (i.e., connect to) a CALL.
This connects the call (’answers the phone’) and is the same as selecting the RCV CALL
front-panel hardkey.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:RECeive
Options
Not Applicable.
9-13
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:SIGNaling
CALL:SIGNaling
Description
Selects / queries the amount of signaling performed by the Agilent 8922M/S.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:SIGNaling?
CELL:CALL:SIGNaling <string>
Options
’NORMAL’ | ’LIMITED’
Where;
•
NORMAL signaling mode uses all the normal GSM messages to change the channel
configuration.
•
LIMITED specifies that the Agilent 8922M/S should perform an operation with a
limited amount of signaling. The user can therefore achieve the ’force TCH’ capability
by merely pressing the ORG CALL front-panel hardkey.
CALL:TCH:ARFCn
Description
Selects/queries the current traffic channel ARFCn for the current call.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCn?
CELL:CALL:TCH:ARFCn <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
CALL:TCH:TSLot
Description
Selects/queries the current traffic channel timeslot for the current call.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:TCH:TSLot?
CELL:CALL:TCH:TSLot <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
CALL:STATus:CALLer
Description
Returns ’BS’, ’MS’, or ’--’. Indicates who originated the call in progress. ’--’ indicates that
the Call STatus is inactive.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:CALLer?
Options
Not Applicable.
9-14
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:STATus:CIPHering[:STATe]
CALL:STATus:CIPHering[:STATe]
Description
Queries the CIPHering STATe.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:CIPHering[:STATe]?
Options
Returned as ‘ON’ or ‘OFF’
CALL:STATus:MM[:STATe]
Description
Queries the Mobility Management (layer) STATe.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:MM[:STATe]?
Options
Returns state of the Mobility Management protocol layer as;
’LOC UPD’ | ’IDENT’ | ’AUTH’ | ’TMSI’ |
’INACTIVE’ | ’ACTIVE’
Where;
•
LOC UPD means the MM sub-layer has received a Location Update Request from the
MS.
•
IDENT means the MM sub-layer has initiated the Identification common procedure
and is waiting for the MS to respond.
•
AUTH means the MM sub-layer has initiated the Authentication common procedure
and is waiting for the MS to respond.
•
TMSI means the MM sub-layer has initiated the TMSI reallocation common procedure
and is waiting for the MS to respond.
•
INACTIVE means there are no MM-connections between the Agilent 8922M/S and the
MS.
•
ACTIVE means an MM-connection exists between the Agilent 8922M/S and the MS,
and may be used to transfer CC messages.
9-15
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:STATus:RR[:STATe]
CALL:STATus:RR[:STATe]
Description
Queries the Radio Source STATe.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:RR[:STATe]?
Options
Returns state of signaling as;
’BCCH’ | ’DCCH’ | ’TCH1’ | ’TCH2’ | ’NONE’
Where;
•
BCCH means idle on a Broadcast Control CHannel.
•
DCCH means on a Dedicated Control CHannel.
•
TCH1 means on a Traffic CHannel as defined by TCH1 settings.
•
TCH2 means on a Traffic CHannel as defined by TCH2 settings.
•
NONE means that the signaling state is totally undefined.
CALL:STATus:STATe
Description
Queries the CALL Status STATe.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:STATe?
Options
Returns state of the CALL as;
’SETUP REQUEST’ | ’PROCEEDING’ | ’ALERTING’ |
’SETUP CONFIRM’ | ’CONNECTED’ | ’INACTIVE’
CALL:STATus:TCH:ARFCn
Description
Queries the current Traffic CHannel ARFCn. This applies if TCH:MODE is ‘SINGLE’.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:TCH:ARFCn?
Options
Not Applicable.
9-16
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:STATus:TCH:MALLocation
CALL:STATus:TCH:MALLocation
Description
Queries the current Traffic CHannel Mobile ALLocation as ‘MA1’ or ‘MA2’. This applies
if TCH:MODE is ‘HOPPED’.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:TCH:MALLocation?
Options
Not Applicable.
CALL:STATus:TCH:MODE
Description
Queries the current Traffic CHannel Mode as ‘HOPPED’ or ‘SINGLE’.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:TCH:MODE?
Options
Returns state as;
‘HOPPED’ | ‘SINGLE’
Where;
•
HOPPED means that the current Traffic CHannel is a hopped traffic channel.
•
SINGLE means that the current Traffic CHannel is a non-hopped traffic channel (i.e.,
a single ARFCN).
CALL:STATus:TCH:TSLot
Description
Queries the current Traffic CHannel Timeslot.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:TCH:TSLot?
Options
Not Applicable.
CALL:STATus:TCH:TYPE
Description
Queries the current Traffic CHannel TYPE.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:STATus:TCH:TYPE?
Options
Not Applicable.
9-17
Cell Control Subsystem
CALL:TCHControl
CALL:TCHControl
Description
Sets/queries the TCH Control selection.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:TCHControl?
CELL:CALL:TCHControl <string>
Options
’TCH1 HO’ | ’TCH2 HO’ |
’TCH1 ASGN’ | ’TCH2 ASGN’
Where;
•
TCH1 HO means upon execution, cause an intracell HandOver to TCH1 based on the
CELL:TCH1 selections.
•
TCH2 HO means upon execution, cause an intracell HandOver to TCH2. based on the
CELL:TCH2 selections.
•
TCH1 ASGN means upon execution, do a traffic channel assignment based on the
CELL:TCH1 selections.
•
TCH2 ASGN means upon execution, do a traffic channel assignment based on the
CELL:TCH2 selections.
CALL:TCHControl:EXECute
Description
EXECutes the TCH Control selection.
Syntax
CELL:CALL:TCHControl:EXECute
Options
Not Applicable.
MODE
Description
Selects/queries the Operating Mode of Agilent 8922M/S.
Syntax
CELL:MODE?
CELL:MODE <string>
Options
’ACTIVE CELL’ | ’TEST MODE’ |
’CW GENERATOR’ | ’ACTIVE CELL +’ |
’TEST MODE +’ | ’CW GENERATOR +’
9-18
Cell Control Subsystem
MS:DRX[:STATe]
MS:DRX[:STATe]
Description
Selects/queries the Discontinuous RX (receiver) STATe.
Syntax
CELL:MS:DRX[:STATe]?
CELL:MS:DRX[:STATe] <string>
Options
’ON’ | ’OFF’
MS:DTX[:STATe]
Description
Selects/queries the Discontinuous TX (transmission) STATe.
Syntax
CELL:MS:DTX[:STATe]?
CELL:MS:DTX[:STATe] <string>
Options
’ON’ | ’OFF’
MS:TADVance
Description
Selects/queries the MS’s Timing ADVance (setting).
Syntax
CELL:MS:TADVance?
CELL:MS:TADVance <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
MS:TADVance:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the MS’s Timing ADVance (setting) MODE.
Syntax
CELL:MS:TADVanceMODE?
CELL:MS:TADVance:MODE <string>
Options
‘AUTO’ | ‘MANUAL’
Where;
•
AUTO means we will automatically adjust the MS’s timing advance setting in real time
to keep bit zero aligned.
•
MANUAL means the TADVance setting will directly set the MS’s timing advance
setting.
9-19
Cell Control Subsystem
MS:TLEVel
MS:TLEVel
Description
Selects/queries the MS’s TX (transmitter) power LEVel.
Syntax
CELL:MS:TLEVel?
CELL:MS:TLEVel <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
TCH1 or TCH2:ARFCn
Description
Selects/queries the Traffic CHannel 1 or 2 ARFCn. This applies if TCH1:MODE or
TCH2:MODE is ‘SINGLE’.
Syntax
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:ARFCn?
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:ARFCn <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
TCH1 or TCH2:MALLocation
Description
Queries the Traffic CHannel 1 or 2 Mobile ALLocation. This applies if TCH1:MODE or
TCH2:MODE is ‘HOPPED’.
Syntax
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:MALLocation?
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:MALLocation <string>
Options
‘MA1’ | ‘MA2’
TCH1 or TCH2:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the Traffic CHannel 1 or 2 Mode.
Syntax
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:MODE?
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:MODE <string>
Options
‘HOPPED’ | ‘SINGLE’
Where;
•
HOPPED means that TCH1 will be hopped traffic channel.
•
SINGLE means that TCH1 will be a non-hopped traffic channel (i.e., a single ARFCN).
9-20
Cell Control Subsystem
TCH1 or TCH2:TSLot
TCH1 or TCH2:TSLot
Description
Sets/queries the Traffic CHannel Timeslot.
Syntax
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:TSLot?
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:TSLot <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
TCH1 or TCH2:TYPE
Description
Selects/queries the Traffic CHannel 1 or 2 TYPE.
Syntax
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:TYPE?
CELL:TCH1 | TCH2:TYPE <string>
Options
‘FS’
9-21
Cell Control Subsystem
TCH1 or TCH2:TYPE
9-22
10
Configure Subsystem
10-1
Configure Subsystem
Continued Over
10-2
Configure Subsystem
Continued Over
10-3
Configure Subsystem
Continued Over
10-4
Configure Subsystem
Continued Over
10-5
Configure Subsystem
10-6
Configure Subsystem
BADDress
BADDress
Description
Sets/queries the GPIB Bus Address.
Syntax
CONFigure:BADDress?
CONFigure:BADDress <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Where <integer>=0 through 30
Refer to Appendix A.
BEEPer
Description
Selects/Queries the audio BEEPer volume
Syntax
CONFigure:BEEPer?
CONFigure:BEEPer <string>
Options
‘OFF’ | ‘QUIET’ | ‘LOUD’
BMODe
Description
Selects/Queries the GPIB operating MODe.
Syntax
CONFigure:BMODe?
CONFigure:BMODe <string>
Options
‘CONTROL’ | ‘TALK&LSTN’
Where;
•
CONTROL is used to control external instruments using the Agilent 8922M/S.
•
TALK&LSTN is used for ”normal” GPIB operation.
10-7
Configure Subsystem
COMPatible
COMPatible
Description
This command toggles the Agilent 8922M/S to an Agilent 8922G/E emulation. This
enables backward compatibility of programs and instrument functionality.
Syntax
CONFigure:COMPatible?
CONFigure:COMPatible <string>
Options
‘8922E’ | ‘8922S’ (Agilent 8922S only)
or
‘8922G’ | ‘8922M’ (Agilent 8922M only)
DATE
Description
Sets/queries the current DATE for the internal clock
Syntax
CONFigure:DATE?
CONFigure:DATE <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
Format = yymmdd
INTensity
Description
Sets/queries the screen INTensity
Syntax
CONFigure:INTensity?
CONFigure:INTensity <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Where <integer>=1 (very dim) through to 8 (bright)
Refer to Appendix A.
OFLevel:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the RF OFfset level MODE
Syntax
CONFigure:OFLevel:MODE?
CONFigure:OFLevel:MODE <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
10-8
Configure Subsystem
OFLevel:AUXin
OFLevel:AUXin
Description
Sets/queries the RF OFfset Level at the AUX RF In port. In effect when OFLevel:MODE
‘ON’ is selected.
Valid unit is dB.
Syntax
CONFigure:OFLevel:AUXin?
CONFigure:OFLevel:AUXin <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
Maximum 100
OFLevel:AUXout
Description
Sets/queries the RF OFfset Level at the AUX RF Out port. In effect when OFLevel:MODE
‘ON’ is selected.
Valid unit is dB.
Syntax
CONFigure:OFLevel:AUXout?
CONFigure:OFLevel:AUXout <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
Maximum 100
OFLevel:RFINout
Description
Sets/queries the RF OFfset Level at the RF IN/out port. In effect when OFLevel:MODE
‘ON’ is selected.
Valid unit is dB.
Syntax
CONFigure:OFLevel:AUXout?
CONFigure:OFLevel:AUXout <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
Maximum 100
10-9
Configure Subsystem
OPERation:AUTO
OPERation:AUTO
Description
Enables several auto-ranging routines, providing automatic adjustment of the affected
settings. Turns the RF Analyzer attenuator hold setting to AUTO.
(SANalyzer:ATTenuator:MODE ’AUTO’)
Turns the AF Analyzer gain cntl to AUTO.
(AFANalyzer:RANGing ’AUTO’)
Syntax
CONFigure:OPERation:AUTO
Options
Not applicable.
OPERation:HOLD
Description
Disables several auto-ranging routines, requiring manual adjustment of the affected
settings.
Turns the RF Analyzer attenuator hold setting to HOLD.
(SANalyzer:ATTenuator:MODE ’HOLD’)
Turns the AF Analyzer gain cntl to HOLD.
(AFANalyzer:RANGing ’HOLD’)
Syntax
CONFigure:OPERation:HOLD
Options
Not applicable.
PRINt:ADDRess
Description
Sets/queries the GPIB ADDRess of the PRINter connected.
Syntax
CONFigure:PRINt:ADDRess?
CONFigure:PRINt:ADDRess <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
10-10
Configure Subsystem
PRINt:DESTination
PRINt:DESTination
Description
Selects/queries the PRINter DESTination (port).
Syntax
CONFigure:PRINt:DESTination?
CONFigure:PRINt:DESTination <string>
Options
’SERIAL’ | ’HPIB’ | ‘PARALLEL’
PRINt:FFENd
Description
Selects/queries a form feed at the end of the pint out.
Syntax
CONFigure:PRINt:FFENd?
CONFigure:PRINt:FFENd <string>
Options
‘YES’ | ‘NO’
PRINt:FFSTart
Description
Selects/queries a form feed at the start of the print out.
Syntax
CONFigure:PRINt:FFSTart?
CONFigure:PRINt:FFSTart <string>
Options
‘YES’ | ‘NO’
PRINt:LINes
Description
Selects/queries the number of lines to be printed per page.
Syntax
CONFigure:PRINt:LINes?
CONFigure:PRINt:LINes <integer>
Options
Not applicable.
10-11
Configure Subsystem
PRINt:PRINter
PRINt:PRINter
Description
Selects/queries the printer type connected
Syntax
CONFigure:PRINt:PRINter?
CONFigure:PRINt:PRINter <string>
Options
’DESKJET’ | ’EPSON FX-80’ | ’EPSON LQ-850’ |
’LASERJET’ | ’PAINTJET’ | ’QUIETJET’ | ’THINKJET’
PRINt:TITle
Description
Enters/queries a string to be printed at the top of all screen printouts.
Syntax
CONFigure:PRINt:TITle?
CONFigure:PRINt:TITle <quoted string>
Options
Not applicable.
RADio
Description
Selects/queries the RADio type mode of operation.
Syntax
CONFigure:RADio?
CONFigure:RADio <string>
Options
’GSM900’ | ’DCS1800’ | ’E-GSM’ | ’PCS1900’
RFIMpedance
Description
Selects/queries whether RF voltages should be expressed as the voltage across a 50 OHM
load or the open circuit voltage (EMF).
Syntax
CONFigure:RFIMpedance?
CONFigure:RFIMpedance <string>
Options
‘50 OHM’ | ‘EMF’
10-12
Configure Subsystem
ROSCillator:CALibrate
ROSCillator:CALibrate
Description
Executes a calibration cycle for the reference.
Syntax
CONFigure:ROSCillator:CALibrate
Options
Not applicable.
ROSCillator[:FREQuency]
Description
Selects/queries the expected external Reference OSCillator FREQuency. This frequency
will be locked to when an external reference is connected.
Syntax
CONFigure:ROSCillator[:FREQuency]?
CONFigure:ROSCillator[:FREQuency] <string>
Options
’13 MHZ’ | ’10 MHZ’ | ’5 MHZ’ | ’2 MHZ’ | ’1 MHZ’
ROSCillator:OFFset
Description
Sets/queries the Reference OSCillator tuning OFFSet. In affect when ROSC:TUN
’TUNABLE’ is selected. Default GPIB and display unit is PPM.
Syntax
CONFigure:ROSCillator:OFFset?
CONFigure:ROSCillator:OFFset <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
ROSCillator:TUNing
Description
Selects/queries the Reference OSCillator tuning MODE.
Syntax
CONFigure:ROSCillator:TUNing?
CONFigure:ROSCillator:TUNing <string>
Options
’TUNABLE’ | ’NORMAL’
Where;
•
TUNABLE means the reference can be tuned by the value given for ROSC:OFFSet.
•
NORMAL means the reference can lock to an external reference selected by
:ROSC[:FREQ] or if no external reference is connected then the reference will be freerunning.
10-13
Configure Subsystem
ROUT
ROUT
Description
Selects/queries the OPT 001 REF OUT that appears on the rear panel.
Syntax
CONFigure:ROUT?
CONFigure:ROUT <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
Where
•
ON means turn on the reference.
•
OFF means turn off the reference (timebase oven still kept warm).
SPORt:BAUD
Description
Selects/queries the BAUD rate for serial communication when using the rear panel Serial
PORt.
Syntax
CONFigure:SPORt:BAUD?
CONFigure:SPORt:BAUD <string>
Options
’300’ | ’600’ | ’1200’ | ’2400’ | ’4800’ | ’9600’ | ’19200’
SPORt:DATA
Description
Selects/queries the DATA length - the number of bits used for each word of serial data when
using the Serial PORt.
Syntax
CONFigure:SPORt:DATA?
CONFigure:SPORt:DATA <string>
Options
‘7 BITS’ | ‘8 BITS’
SPORt:IBECho
Description
Selects/queries the Serial PORt RS-232 input IBasic. ECHo state as On or Off - enable/
disable screen and error message echoing from IBASIC.
Syntax
CONFigure:SPORt:IBECHo?
CONFigure:SPORt:IBECHo <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
10-14
Configure Subsystem
SPORt:PARity
SPORt:PARity
Description
Selects/queries the Serial PORt PARity bits setting.
Syntax
CONFigure:SPORt:PARity?
CONFigure:SPORt:PARity <string>
Options
’NONE’ | ’ODD’ | ’EVEN’ | ’ALWAYS 1’ | ’ALWAYS 0’
SPORt:RPACe
Description
Selects/queries the Serial PORt PACe when Receiving serial data.
Syntax
CONFigure:SPORt:RPACe?
CONFigure:SPORt:RPACe <string>
Options
’XON/XOFF’ | ’NONE’
Where;
•
XON/XOFF lets the instrument ’talk’ to the transmitting device to alter the rate of the
data being sent.
•
NONE disable the XON/XOFF function.
SPORt:SIN
Description
Selects/queries the Serial PORt RS-232 Serial INput.
Syntax
CONFigure:SPORt:SIN?
CONFigure:SPORt:SIN <string>
Options
’INST’ | ’IBASIC’
Where;
•
INST configures the serial port to connect to an external RS-232 terminal or computer.
•
IBASIC is used to allow the IBASIC controller to read the serial port.
10-15
Configure Subsystem
SPORt:STOP
SPORt:STOP
Description
Selects/queries the STOP length - the number of stop bits used when using the Serial PORt.
Syntax
CONFigure:SPORt:STOP
CONFigure:SPORt:STOP <string>
Options
‘1 BIT’ | ‘2 BITS’
SPORt:XPACe
Description
Selects/queries the Serial PORt PACe when transmitting (TX) serial data.
Syntax
CONFigure:SPORt:XPACe?
CONFigure:SPORt:XPACe <string>
Options
’XON/XOFF’ | ’NONE’
Where;
•
XON/XOFF lets the receiving device ’talk’ to the instrument to alter the rate of the data
being sent.
•
NONE disable the XON/XOFF function.
TIME
Description
Sets/queries the TIME of day for the instruments clock.
Syntax
CONFigure:TIME?
CONFigure:TIME <real> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
Format = HH.MM in 24 Hour format.
10-16
11
CW Subsystem
11-1
CW Subsystem
PMZero
PMZero
Description
Zeroes the Power Meter in order to make calibrated CW Power measurements. Note: The
user should disconnect the input signal when selecting this. This command is the same as
DSP:AMPL:PMZero.
Syntax
CW:PMZero
Options
Not Applicable.
11-2
12
CW Commands (Measure Subsystem)
12-1
CW Commands (Measure Subsystem)
12-2
CW Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FREQuency[:ABSolute]
FREQuency[:ABSolute]
Description
Sets the CW ABSolute FREQuency MEASurement attributes.Queries the CW ABSolute
FREQuency MEASurement result.
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are GHZ, MHZ, KHZ, HZ;
default unit is MHZ.
Syntax
MEASure:CW:FREQuency[:ABSolute]?
MEASure:CW:FREQuency[:ABSolute][:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
FREQuency:ERRor
Description
Sets/queries the CW FREQuency ERRor MEASurement attributes.
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are GHZ, MHZ, KHZ, HZ;
default unit is MHZ.
Syntax
MEASure:CW:FREQuency:ERRor?
MEASure:CW:FREQuency:ERRor[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
FREQuency:SELect
Description
Selects/queries the CW FREQ SELected measurement
to display.
Syntax
MEASure:CW:FREQuency:SELect?
MEASure:CW:FREQuency:SELect <string>
Options
‘CW FREQ’ | ‘ CWFREQERR’
12-3
CW Commands (Measure Subsystem)
POWer
POWer
Description
Sets the CW POWer MEASurement attributes. Queries the CW POWer MEASurement
result.
NOTE: This is only valid for RFAN:INP of ’RF IN/OUT’.
GPIB unit is V.
Display units are dBm, V, mv, uv, dBuv, W;
default unit is dBm.
Syntax
MEASure:CW:POWer?
MEASure:CW:POWer[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
12-4
13
DISPlay Subsystem
NOTE
If you have the Agilent 8922M/S Option 010 Multi-Band Test System, you will have
access to additional GPIB commands. These commands are used when working with dual
band mobiles. For a full description of these additional commands and their syntax, refer
to the Agilent 8922 Multi-Band User’s Guide.
13-1
DISPlay Subsystem
PCS?
PCS
13-2
Sp
string
DISPlay Subsystem
[:SCReen]
[:SCReen]
Description
Selects/queries the screen to activate, display and perform any necessary screen transitional
functionality.
Syntax
DISPlay[:SCReen]?
DISPlay[:SCReen] <enumerated type / string>
Options
AFANalyzer | BER | BER1 | BER2 | CELL | CELL1 | CELL2 | CCONfigure | CONFigure
| CWAFanalyzer | CWANalyzer | DDEMod | DSPanalyzer | IOConfigure | FBER |
FTCPower | HELP | HOPControl | LOGGing | MESSages | MSYNc | MSINfo |
ORFSpectrum | OSCilloscope | PULSe | RFANalyzer | RFGenerator | SANalyzer | SERVice
| SMSCb | TCONfigure | TESTs | TFReq | TSPec | TSEQ | TPAR | TIB
BETest:MNUMber:LEFT
Description
Selects/queries the Bit Error Test Measurement NUMber to DISplay on the LEFT side of
the screen.
Syntax
DISPlay:BETest:MNUMber:LEFT?
DISPlay:BETest:MNUMber:LEFT <string>
Options
‘1’ | ‘3’
BETest:MNUMber:RIGHt
Description
Selects/queries the Bit Error Test Measurement NUMber to DISplay on the RIGHt side of
the screen.
Syntax
DISPlay:BETest:MNUMber:RIGHt?
DISPlay:BETest:MNUMber:RIGHt <string>
Options
‘2’ | ‘4’
CELL:SACCh:ACEL1
Description
Selects/queries the SACCH Adjacent Cell measurements to DISPlay.
Syntax
DISPlay:CELL:SACCh:ACEL1?
DISPlay:CELL:SACCh:ACEL1 <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
13-3
DISPlay Subsystem
CELL:TCH[:SELect]
CELL:TCH[:SELect]
Description
Selects/queries which TCH parameters to display on the Cell Control screen.
Syntax
DISPlay:CELL:TCH[:SELect]?
DISPlay:CELL:TCH[:SELect] <string>
Options
‘TCH1’ | ‘TCH2’
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK
Description
Selects/queries whether the DSP analyzer AMPLitude MASK should be DISPlayed on the
’AMPL MID’, ’AMPL RISE’ and ’AMPL FALL’ screen VIEWs.
Syntax
DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK?
DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK:PCS
Description
This command is for use only with the 83220A/E GSM Test Set. It selects/queries whether
the DSP analyzer AMPLitude MASK in PCS 1900 mode should be off, the old ETSI
Phase 1 mask (narrow) or the new ETSI Phase II mask (relaxed).
Syntax
DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK:PCS?
DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MASK:PCS <string>
Options
NOTE
‘OFF”|’NARROW’|’RELAX’
The DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:AMPlitude:MASK <string> command has the following effect
on the PCS1900 PvT mask for the two values of <string>.
‘OFF’ turns the mask off
‘ON’ sets the mask to the default value NARROW
DSPanalyzer:VIEW
Description
Selects/queries the VIEW to be selected when DISPlay:SCReen DSPanalyzer is selected.
Syntax
DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:VIEW?
DISPlay:DSPanalyzer:VIEW <string>
Options
’PHASEMAIN’ | ’PHASE ERR’ | ’AMPL MAIN’ |
’AMPL MID’ | ’AMPL RISE’ | ’AMPL FALL’ | ’DATA BITS’
13-4
DISPlay Subsystem
FREeze
FREeze
Description
Screen freezing prevents the Agilent 8922M/S from updating the display when running
tests. The measurement mode changes as before. This will enable tests to run more quickly.
When screen freezing is turned off, the display reverts to the last screen selected by the test
code. This is true for both manual and remote operation.
Syntax
DISPlay:FREeze?
DISPlay:FREeze <string>
Options
NOTE
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
It is recommended that you select ‘ON’ from the Configure screen.
That is; DISPlay:SCReen ‘CONF’
MSYNc:BURSt:NUMBer
Description
Sets/queries the MSYNc BURSt NUMBer to be displayed when the MEAS SYNC screen
is displayed.
Syntax
DISPlay:MSYNc:BURSt:NUMBer?
DISPlay:MSYNc:BURSt:NUMBer <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
ORFSpectrum:VIEW
Description
Selects/queries the Output RF Spectrum VIEW to be selected when DISPlay:SCReen
ORFSpectrum is selected.
Syntax
DISPlay:ORFSpectrum:VIEW?
DISPlay:ORFSpectrum:VIEW <string>
Options
‘TRACE’ | ‘MAIN’
13-5
DISPlay Subsystem
PULSe:VIEW
PULSe:VIEW
Description
Selects/queries the PULSe On/Off VIEW to be selected when DISPlay:SCReen PULSe is
selected.
Syntax
DISPlay:PULSe:VIEW?
DISPlay:PULSe:VIEW <string>
Options
‘FALL’ | ‘MAIN’ | ‘RISE’
SANalyzer:CONTrol
Description
CONTrols the Spectrum ANalyzer views - various fields will appear on the trace screen
based on the CONTrol selection.
Syntax
DISPlay:SANalyzer:CONTrol?
DISPlay:SANalyzer:CONTrol <string>
Options
’MAIN’ | ’RF GEN’ | ’MARKER’ | ’AUXILIARY’
13-6
14
DSP Analyzer Subsystem
14-1
DSP Analyzer Subsystem
14-2
DSP Analyzer Subsystem
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:FALL
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:FALL
Description
Sets/queries the AMPLitude MARKer FALL trace position setting. The value is given in
units of divisions from the left side of the FALL trace
(144 Bit Periods (T) to 156 Bit Periods (T) = 6 divisions).
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:FALL?
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:FALL <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:MID
Description
Sets/queries the AMPLitude MARKer MID trace position setting. The value is given in
units of divisions from the left side of the MID trace
(-10 Bit Periods (T) to 160 Bit Periods (T) = 8.5 divisions).
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:MID?
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:MID <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:RISE
Description
Sets/queries the AMPLitude MARKer RISE trace position setting. The value is given in
units of divisions from the left side of the RISE trace
(-8 Bit Periods (T) to 4 Bit Periods (T) = 6 divisions).
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:RISE?
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:MARKer:POSition:RISE <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
AMPLitude:PMZero
Description
Zeroes the Power Meter in order to make calibrated Average TX Power measurements.
Note: The user should disconnect the input signal when selecting this. This field is the same
as CW:PMZero.
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:PMZero
Options
Not Applicable.
14-3
DSP Analyzer Subsystem
AMPLitude:TIME
AMPLitude:TIME
Description
Sets/queries the TIME to make amplitude measurements.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T).
Default GPIB unit is seconds (S).
Default display unit is micro-seconds (US).
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:TIME<n>?
DSPanalyzer:AMPLitude:TIME<n> <real>
Options
Refer Appendix B.
n=1 through 12
DBITs:TPOLarity
Description
Toggles the POLarity of the Data BITs for the current measurement.
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:DBITs:TPOLarity
Options
Not Applicable.
PHASe:MARKer:POSition
Description
Sets/queries the PHASe MARKer POSition setting. The value is given in units of divisions
from the left side of the trace (0 to 14.7 divisions).
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MARKer:POSition?
DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MARKer:POSition <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer appendix B.
PHASe:MIDamble
Description
Selects/queries the MIDamble to use for DSP analyzer phase displays as the actual
measured midamble or the midamble that the user expects to use.
Syntax
DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MIDamble?
DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MIDamble <string>
Options
‘MEASURED’ | ‘EXPECTED’
14-4
15
DSP Analyzer Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
15-1
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
Continued Over
15-2
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
15-3
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:AMPLitude
[:AMPLitude]:AMPLitude
Description
Sets the AMPLitude measurement attributes. Queries the AMPLitude measurement result
based on the DSP:AMPL:TIME<n> setting.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:AMPLitude<n>?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:AMPLitude<n>[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
Where n= 1 through 12
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:FALL
Description
Sets/queries the AMPLitude MARKer FALL trace attributes.
Queries the AMPLitude MARKer FALL trace level which is relative amplitude data. This
value is a function of the fall trace marker position set/queried by
DSP:AMPL:MARK:POS:FALL. This is only valid when on IMPORTANT: The user
MUST be on the Amplitude Fall screen to query this result (DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL
FALL’).
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVel:FALL?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVel:FALL[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
15-4
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:MID
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:MID
Description
Sets/queries the AMPLitude MARKer MID trace attributes.
Queries the AMPLitude MARKer MID trace level which is relative amplitude data. This
value is a function of the mid trace marker position set/queried by
DSP:AMPL:MARK:POS:MID. This is only valid when on IMPORTANT: The user
MUST be on the Amplitude MID screen to query this result (DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL
MID’).
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVel:MID?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVel:MID[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVEL:RISE
Description
Sets/queries the AMPLitude MARKer RISE trace attributes.
Queries the AMPLitude MARKer RISE trace level which is relative amplitude data. This
value is a function of the rise trace marker position set/queried by
DSP:AMPL:MARK:POS:RISE. This is only valid when on IMPORTANT: The user
MUST be on the Amplitude RISE screen to query this result (DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL
RISE’).
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVel:RISE?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:LEVel:RISE[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
15-5
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:FALL
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:FALL
Description
Sets/queries the MARKer FALL trace TIME attributes.
Queries the MARKer FALL trace TIME which is the marker’s position relative to the last
bit in the measured burst. This value is a function of the fall trace marker position set or
queried by DSP:AMPL:MARK:POS:FALL.
IMPORTANT: The user MUST be on the Amplitude Fall screen to query this result
(DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL FALL’).
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T);
default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods);
default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:FALL?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:FALL[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:MID
Description
Sets/queries the MARKer MID trace TIME attributes.
Queries the MARKer MID trace TIME which is the marker’s position relative to bit zero
in the measured burst. This value is a function of the mid trace marker position set or
queried by DSP:AMPL:MARK:POS:RISE.
IMPORTANT: The user MUST be on the Amplitude MID screen to query this result
(DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL MID’).
GP-IB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T);
default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods);
default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:MID?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:MID[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
15-6
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:RISE
[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:RISE
Description
Sets/queries the MARKer RISE trace TIME attributes.
Queries the MARKer RISE trace TIME which is the marker’s position relative to bit zero
in the measured burst. This value is a function of the rise trace marker position set or
queried by DSP:AMPL:MARK:POS:RISE.
IMPORTANT: The user MUST be on the Amplitude RISE screen to query this result
(DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL RISE’).
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T);
default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods);
default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:RISE?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MARKer:TIME:RISE[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
[:AMPLitude]:MSUMmary
Description
Queries the AMPLitude Measurement SUMmary.
IMPORTANT: The user MUST be on the Amplitude Summary (Ampl Main) screen to
query this result (DISP:DSP:VIEW ’AMPL MAIN’).
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:MSUMmary?
Options
Query returns; ’PASSED’, ’FAILED’ or ’- - - -’.
Where;
•
’- - - -’ means that the MSUMmary results are currently indeterminate.
•
’PASSED’ means that all of the following are true after an amplitude measurement
completes:
a) Each AMPLitude measurement (AMPL<1> through AMPL<12>), does NOT
exceed its HI LO limits OR is OFF.
b) Pk+ Flatness does NOT exceed its HI LO limits OR Pk+ Flatness measurement is
OFF. (PPFLatness).
c) Pk- Flatness does NOT exceed its HI LO limits OR Pk- Flatness measurement is
OFF. (NPFLatness) AND for each of the above (a-c) that is ON it must have a valid
measurement result (i.e. not ’- - - -’).
15-7
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:NPFLatness
[:AMPLitude]:NPFLatness
Description
Queries the Negative Peak FLatness measurement result. This is the most negative
amplitude in dB relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:NPFLatness?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:NPFLatness[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
[:AMPLitude]:PPFLatness
Description
Queries the Positive Peak FLatness measurement result. This is the most positive
amplitude in dB relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:PPFLatness?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:PPFLatness[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
[:AMPLitude]:PTCPower
Description
Queries the Peak Transmitter Carrier Power measurement result. This is the average power
over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB unit is dBm, W;
default unit is dBm.
Display unit is dBm, V, mV, uV, dBuV, W;
default unit is dBm.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:PTCPower?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:PTCPower[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
15-8
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
[:AMPLitude]:TRACe
[:AMPLitude]:TRACe
Description
Returns the DSP Analyzer AMPLitude TRACe measured data length (integer), time
reference (floating point), and the floating point TRACe AMPLitude data array for the
given length separated by commas.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer[:AMPLitude]:TRACe?
Options
Not Applicable.
DBITs
Description
Queries the demodulated Data BITs returned for the current measurements made.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:DBITs?
Options
Not Applicable.
DBITs:TAGS
Description
Queries the TAGS for each of the Data BITs.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:DBITs:TAGS?
Options
Returns ‘M’ or ‘-’
Where;
•
‘M’ = Midamble bit.
•
‘-’ = RF level error.
15-9
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FBIT
FBIT
Description
Sets/queries the position of the First (useful) BIT attributes.
Queries the position of the First (useful) BIT in time relative to when the DSP
measurement trigger occurred.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T);
default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods);
default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:FBIT?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:FBIT[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
FMERrors
Description
A query of number of FM ERrors returns the number of FM demodulated bits different
from the best bit match (of the demodulated burst bits) to the selected midamble before
differential decoding for the current DSP measurement. This is only valid for
MSYN:SYNC:MODE ’MIDAMBLE’.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:FMERrors?
Options
Not Applicable.
PHASe[:ERRor]:FREQuency
Description
Queries the FREQuency ERRor MEASurement result. This is the slope of the average
phase over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are HZ, kHZ;
default unit is HZ.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:FREQuency?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:FREQuency[:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MULTI-B]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and H.
15-10
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK
PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK
Description
Queries the PEAK PHASe ERRor MEASurement result over the useful bits in the
measured burst.
GPIB unit is degrees.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK:MM?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK:AVG?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:PEAK:MULTI-B?
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and H.
PHASe[:ERRor]:RMS
Description
Queries the RMS PHASe ERRor MEASurement result over the useful bits in the measured
burst.
GPIB unit is degrees.
Display unit is degrees.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:RMS?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:RMS:MM?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:RMS::AVG?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe[:ERRor]:RMS::MULTI-B?
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and H.
15-11
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
PHASe:MARKer:ERRor
PHASe:MARKer:ERRor
Description
Queries the PHASe ERRor measurement result. This is the y-axis MARKer position of the
phase error. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by
DSP:PHAS:MARK:POS.
IMPORTANT: The user MUST be on the Phase Err screen to query this result
(DISP:DSP:VIEW ’PHASE ERR’).
GPIB unit is degrees.
Display unit is degrees.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MARKer:ERRor[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
PHASe:MARKer:TIME
Description
Queries the MARKer TIMe which is the marker’s position relative to bit zero in the
measured burst. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by
DSP:PHAS:MARK:POS.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T);
default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods);
default unit is US (micro-second).
IMPORTANT: The user MUST be on the Phase Err screen to query this result
(DISP:DSP:VIEW ’PHASE ERR’).
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MARKer:TIME?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MARKer:TIME[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
PHASe:MBURst
Description
Selects/queries state of multi-burst measurement.
Syntax
PHASe:MBURst?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MBURst <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
15-12
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
PHASe:MBURst:COUNt
PHASe:MBURst:COUNt
Description
Sets the number of bursts to be measured. Queries the number of bursts being measured. If
multi-burst is OFF, the returned value is undefined.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MBURst:COUNt?
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MBURst:COUNt <integer>
Options
Where the integer number is 1 to 999, with a default value of 10.
PHASe:MBURst:DONE
Description
Queries the number of bursts measured so far. If no measurement is in progress, the number
of bursts measured in the previous measurement, is returned.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MBURst:DONE?
Options
Not Applicable.
PHASe:MBURst:ERRors
Description
Queries the number of errors during the burst measurement. If no measurement is in
progress, the number of errors in the previous measurement, is returned.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:MBURst:ERRors?
Options
Not Applicable.
PHASe:TRACe
Description
Returns the DSP Analyzer PHASe TRACe measured data length(integer), and the floating
point PHASe AMPLitude data array for the given length separated by commas.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:PHASe:TRACe?
Options
Not Applicable.
15-13
DSP Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SSTatus
SSTatus
Description
Queries the Sync STatus for the current DSP measurement.
Syntax
MEASure:DSPanalyzer:SSTatus?
Options
Returns one of the following states;
’No Error’ | ’ShortBurst’ | ’Level Late’ | ’LevelShort’ |
’FM Error’ | ’Low Level’ | ‘Math Error’ | ’RF Ovrload’.
The message return priority (highest to lowest) is as follows:
•
Math Error
•
RF Ovrload | Low Level
•
FM Error
•
ShortBurst | Level Late | LevelShort
•
No Error
The above defined as;
•
ShortBurst - amplitude envelope not long enough for the selected burst length.
•
RF Ovrload - the DSP Analyzer sampler hardware overloaded during sampling.
•
FM Error - at least one FM error was detected during the Midamble (or User Defined
Sync Pattern) portion of the selected burst (only possible for MSYN:SYNC:MODE
’MIDAMBLE’)
•
Level Late - amplitude of the burst did not rise until after the first few bits were
received.
•
Level Short - amplitude of the burst fell before the last few bits were received.
•
Low Level - DSP Analyzer RF level never got high enough to make a valid
measurement.
•
Math Error - DSP Analyzer math-related error occurred.
•
No Error - no error occurred in synchronizing to the selected burst.
15-14
16
EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
16-1
EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
16-2
EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
BRATe
BRATe
Description
Selects/queries EMMI part Baud RATe.
Syntax
EMMI:BRATe?
EMMI:BRATe <string>
Options
”600” | ”1200” | ”2400” | ”4800” | ”9600”
DATA?
Description
Returns a response message sent by the mobile station. Response messages are stored in a
message in a message buffer in the Agilent 8922M.
Syntax
EMMI:DATA?
Options
This EMMI DATA is in the form:
num-decimal-digits/num-data-chars/emmi-hex-data
(no spaces)
Where;
•
num-decimal-digits: (range: 1 through 3) The number of characters following to be
interpreted as num-data-chars.
•
num-data-chars: (range: 0 through 510) The number of data characters that will follow.
NOTE: This must be an even number since every two characters will represent one byte
of hex data.
•
emmi-hex-data: Hex character data. Each pair of characters represents one byte of
EMMI hex data.
The user can do the following:
•
Read all the messages in the message buffer by sending EMMI:DATA? commands
until #10 is returned. (Messages are read first-in-first-out.)
•
Clear the message buffer by sending EMMI:RESet.
16-3
EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
DATA <data entry>
DATA <data entry>
Description
Writes the DATA to the EMMI port.
Syntax
EMMI:DATA <data entry>
Options
This EMMI DATA is in the form:
num-decimal-digits/num-data-chars/emmi-hex-data
(no spaces)
Where;
•
num-decimal-digits: (range: 1 through 3) The number of characters following to be
interpreted as num-data-chars.
•
num-data-chars: (range: 0 through 510) The number of data characters that will follow.
NOTE: This must be an even number since every two characters will represent one byte
of hex data.
•
emmi-hex-data: Hex character data. Each pair of characters represents one byte of
EMMI hex data.
When the data write is complete, a status bit will be set that reflects what happened with
the EMMI data. See the Status Subsystem for EMMI.
RESet
Description
EMMI RESet clears out transmit and receive (message) buffers and sends XON (ready to
receive) frame to the mobile station.
Syntax
EMMI:RESet
Options
Not applicable.
TIMEout:MS:XON
Description
Sets/queries the EMMI TIMEout (time limit) allowed for the mobile to send XON. This
adjusts a timer that provides the time delay needed when the EMMI bus is attempting to
send a message before the MS or the Agilent 8922M are ready. If the XON timeout expires,
then the STATus:EMMI:EVENt? will return a 4 (XON timeout exceeded).
Default GPIB and display unit is seconds (S).
Syntax
EMMI:TIMEout:MS:XON?
EMMI:TIMEout:MS:XON <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
16-4
EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
TIMEout:MS:RESPonse
TIMEout:MS:RESPonse
Description
Sets/queries the EMMI TIMEout (time limit) allowed for the mobile stations’ RESPonse
(For example; to send an ACK or NAK to the Agilent 8922M). If the response timeout
expires, then the STATus:EMMI:EVENt? will return an 8 (response timeout exceeded).
Default GPIB and display unit is seconds (S).
Syntax
EMMI:TIMEout:MS:RESPonse?
EMMI:TIMEout:MS:RESPonse <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
16-5
EMMI Subsystem (Agilent 8922M Only)
TIMEout:MS:RESPonse
16-6
17
Fast Bit Error Test
17-1
Fast Bit Error Test
17-2
Fast Bit Error Test
BITS
BITS
Description
Sets/Queries the number of bits used during a measurement.
Syntax
FBETest:BITS?
FBETest:BITS <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
LOOPback:LDELay
Description
Sets/Queries the loopback delay.
Syntax
FBETest:LOOPback:LDELay?
FBETest:LOOPback:LDELay <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
The integer value being 0 to 26.
LOOPback:LDELay:MODE
Description
Sets/Queries the loopback delay mode.
Syntax
FBETest:LOOPback:LDELay:MODE?
FBETest:LOOPback:LDELay:MODE <string>
Options
Where;
•
AUTO automatically sets LDELay (above) once when the measurement is started. This
is a timing calibration action.
•
MANUAL means the Loop DELay is controlled manually via the :LDELay command.
FORMat
Description
Sets/Queries the data format to be Random Speach Frames or Random Bursts.
Syntax
FBETest:FORMat?
FBETest:FORMat <string>
Options
Not Applicable.
17-3
Fast Bit Error Test
RFGenerator:ATSLot
RFGenerator:ATSLot
Description
Sets/Queries the automatic pulse modulation for the adjacent timeslots of the base station
generated signal.
Syntax
FBETest:RFGenerator:ATSLot?
FBETest:RFGenerator:ATSLot <string>
Options
‘OFF’ | ‘+30DB’
Where
+30DB automatically pulses the adjacent timeslots 30 dB higher than the
RF generator amplitude setting.
The entire preceding timeslot is 30 dB higher. The first few bits for the
following timeslot are 30 dB higher. The remainder of the following
timeslot is pulsed off.
OFF makes all timeslots the same amplitude.
NOTE
This field is not featured in the Agilent 8922S.
17-4
18
Fast Bit Error Test (Measure Subsystem)
18-1
Fast Bit Error Test (Measure Subsystem)
18-2
Fast Bit Error Test (Measure Subsystem)
BTESted
BTESted
Description
Queries the number of Bits TESted for the completed Bit Error Test measurements.
Syntax
MEASure:FBETest:BTESted?
Options
Not Applicable.
IBTested
Description
Queries the number of Bits TESted for the Intermediate Bit Error Test measurements.
NOTE: This can only be queried when in the state TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’.
Syntax
MEASure:FBETest:IBTested?
Options
Not Applicable.
BERRor:COUNt
Description
Queries the Bit ERRor COUNt (completed).
Syntax
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:COUNt?
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:COUNt[:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendix F.
BERRor:ICOUnt
Description
NOTE
Queries the Bit ERRor Intermediate COunt.
This can only be queried when in the state TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’.
Syntax
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:ICOUnt?
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:ICOUnt[:MM-MOD] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices E and F.
18-3
Fast Bit Error Test (Measure Subsystem)
BERRor:IRATio
BERRor:IRATio
Description
NOTE
Queries the Bit ERRor Intermediate RATio.
This can only be queried when in the state TRIGger:BETest:MODE ‘RUN’.
Syntax
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:IRATio?
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:IRATio[:MM]
Options
Refer to Appendix D.
BERRor:RATio
Description
Queries the Bit ERRor RATio (completed).
Syntax
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:RATio?
MEASure:FBETest:BERRor:RATio[:MM]
Options
Refer to Appendix D.
BESelect
Description
Selects/queries the Bit ERRor SELected Bit Error Test measurement to display (BE Ratio,
BE Count) for the given measurement cycle.
Syntax
MEASure:FBETest:BESelect?
MEASure:FBETest:BESelect <string>
Options
‘BE COUNT’ | ‘BE RATIO’
SSTatus
Description
Queries the Bit Error Test SYNC STatus. Will return ’NO ERROR’ or ’BAD SYNC’. This
field will only be updated when the demod arm state goes from ”DISARM” to ”ARM.” This
is the same as DDEMod:SYNC:SSTatus.
Syntax
MEASure:FBETest:SSTatus?
Options
Not Applicable
18-4
19
Fast TX Carrier Power (Measure Subsystem)
19-1
Fast TX Carrier Power (Measure Subsystem)
FTCPower[:POWer]
FTCPower[:POWer]
Description
Queries the Fast Transmitter Carrier Power MEASurement result. This is only valid for
RFAN:INP of ’RF IN/OUT’.
GPIB units are dBm, W;
default unit is dBm.
Display units are dBm, V, mV, uV, dBuV, W;
default unit is dBm.
Syntax
MEASure:FTCPower[:POWer]?
MEASure:FTCPower[:POWer][:MM] | [:AVG] | [:MET]
Options
Refer to Appendices D, F and G.
19-2
20
Hop Control Subsystem
20-1
Hop Control Subsystem
Continued Over
20-2
Hop Control Subsystem
20-3
Hop Control Subsystem
ADDRess
ADDRess
Description
Sets/queries the ADDRess for entering hop frequencies into the hop tables and for entering
the next frequency for HOPC:ADDR:SOUR:INT mode.
Syntax
HOPControl:ADDRess?
HOPControl:ADDRess <integer>? | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
ADDRess:NEXT
Description
Sets/queries the NEXT HOP ADDRess to hop to. This is used when HOPC:ADDR:SOUR
is ’INT’ to make looped internal sequences.
Syntax
HOPControl:ADDRess:NEXT?
HOPControl:ADDRess:NEXT <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
ADDRess:RESet
Description
RESets the internal sequence hop address register to zero.
Syntax
HOPControl:ADDRess:RESet
Options
Not applicable.
ADDRess:SOURce
Description
Selects/queries the HOP Control ADDRess SOURce.
Syntax
HOPControl:ADDRess:SOURce?
HOPControl:ADDRess:SOURce <string>
Options
‘SEQ’ | ‘EXT’
Where;
•
SEQ hopping mode causes the hop control address to come from a hop sequence
address register. Hop addresses are automatically sequenced based on next settings.
•
EXT hopping mode causes the hop control address to come from external lines.
20-4
Hop Control Subsystem
CTENd
CTENd
Description
This Clear To ENd command replaces the RF ANalyzer hop frequency entry and the RF
Generator hop frequency entry at HOPC:ADDRess, and all hop frequency entries after
them, with 0 MHz.
For example; the hop frequency entry at HOPC:ADDRess, HOPC:ADDRess + 1, ... up to
entry 2047 are replaced with 0 MHz.
HOPC:ADDR:NEXT values are set to ADDRess+1 modulo 2048 starting at ADDRess.
Syntax
HOPControl:CTENd
Options
Not applicable.
DELete
Description
This DELetes the RF ANalyzer hop frequency entry and the RF Generator hop frequency
entry at HOPC:ADDRess. All other RF ANalyzer and RF Generator hop frequency entries
move down by one address. Entry 2047 in the hop table is replaced with 0 MHz.
Syntax
HOPControl:DELete
Options
Not applicable.
INSert
Description
This INSerts an entry of 0 MHz into the RF ANalyzer hop table and the RF Generator hop
table. All other entries move down one address. Entry 2047 in the RF ANalyzer hop table
and the RF Generator hop table is lost.
Syntax
HOPControl:INSert
Options
Not applicable.
20-5
Hop Control Subsystem
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:CTENd
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:CTENd
Description
This Clear To ENd command replaces the RF ANalyzer hop frequency entry at
HOPC:ADDRess, and all hop frequency entries after it, with 0 MHz.
For example;, the hop frequency entry at HOPC:ADDRess, HOPC:ADDRess + 1, ... up to
entry 2047 are replaced with 0 MHz
Syntax
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:CTENd
HOPControl:RFGenerator:CTENd
Options
Not applicable.
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:DELete
Description
This DELetes the RF ANalyzer hop frequency entry at HOPC:ADDRess. All other RF
ANalyzer hop frequency entries move down by one address. Entry 2047 in the hop table is
replaced with 0 MHz.
Syntax
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:DELete
HOPControl:RFGenerator:DELete
Options
Not applicable.
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:FREQuency
Description
Set/queries the RF ANalyzer or RF Generator hop FREQuency entry at HOPC:ADDRess.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is MHZ.
Syntax
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:FREQuency?
HOPControl:RFGenerator:FREQuency?
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:FREQuency <real> | [:FNUM]
HOPControl:RFGenerator:FREQuency <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
20-6
Hop Control Subsystem
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:INSert
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:INSert
Description
This INSerts an entry of 0 MHz into the RF ANalyzer or RF Generator hop table. All other
entries move down one address. The last entry in the RF ANalyzer or RF Generator hop
table is lost.
Syntax
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:INSert
HOPControl:RFGenerator:INSert
Options
Not applicable.
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the RF ANalyzer or RF Generator hop MODE.
Syntax
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:MODE?
HOPControl:RFGenerator:MODE?
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:MODE <string>
HOPControl:RFGenerator:MODE <string>
Options
‘NON-HOP’ | ‘HOP’
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator:SETTling
Description
Selects/queries the RF ANalyzer or RF Generator hop SETTling.
Syntax
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:SETTling?
HOPControl:RFGenerator:SETTling?
HOPControl:RFANalyzer:SETTling <string>
HOPControl:RFGenerator:SETTling <string>
Options
‘NORMAL’ | ‘LARGEHOPS’
Where;
•
NORMAL should be used for small hops.
•
LARGEHOPS should be used for large hops (~ >75 MHz).
20-7
Hop Control Subsystem
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator[:TRIGger]:ASTate
RFANalyzer or RFGenerator[:TRIGger]:ASTate
Description
Selects/queries the RF ANalyzer or RF Generator hop TRIGger Arm STate.
Syntax
HOPControl:RFANalyzer[:TRIGger]:ASTate?
HOPControl:RFGenerator[:TRIGger]:ASTate?
HOPControl:RFANalyzer[:TRIGger]:ASTate <string>
HOPControl:RFGenerator[:TRIGger]:ASTate <string>
Options
‘ARM’ | ‘DISARM’
20-8
21
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
IEEE 488.2 mandates the use of some common commands. These commands have a
special syntax (beginning with a *), which is not legal for other commands. The common
commands control some of the basic instrument functions:
•
•
•
Instrument identification and reset
Status reading and clearing
Receiving and processing of commands and queries by the instrument
21-1
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*CLS (Clear Status)
*CLS (Clear Status)
Description
The *CLS (clear status) common command clears the status data
structures, including the device defined error queue. This command
also aborts the *OPC. If the *CLS command immediately follows a
PROGRAM MESSAGE TERMINATOR, the output and the MAV
(message available) bit will be cleared.
Syntax
*CLS
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*CLS”
21-2
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*ESE (Event Status Enable)
*ESE (Event Status Enable)
Description
The *ESE command sets the Standard Event Status Enable Register
bits. The Standard Event Status Enable Register contains a mask
value for the bits to be enabled in the Standard Event Status Register.
A “one” in the Standard Event Status Enable Register will enable the
corresponding bit in the Standard Event Status Register, a logic zero
will disable the bit. The *ESE query returns the contents of the
Standard Event Status Enable Register.
Command Syntax *ESE? <mask>
Where <mask> = 0 to 255
Example
In this example,the *ESE 1 command will enable the OPC (operation
complete) bit 6 of the Standard Event Status Enable Register.
OUTPUT 714;”*ESE 1”
Query Syntax
*ESE?
Returned Format
<mask><NL>
Where <mask> = 0 to 255
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*ESE?”
ENTER 714;Event
PRINT Event
21-3
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*ESR? (Event Status Register)
*ESR? (Event Status Register)
Description
NOTE
The *ESR? query returns the contents of the Standard Event Status
Register.
Reading the Standard Event Status Register clears the contents of the register.
Query Syntax:
*ESR?
Returned Format
<status><NL>
Where <status> = 0 to 255
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*ESR?”
ENTER 714;Event
PRINT Event
When you read the Event Status Register, the value returned is the
total bit weights of all bits that are true at the time you read the byte.
21-4
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*IDN? (Identification Number)
*IDN? (Identification Number)
Description
The *IDN? query allows the instrument to identify itself. It returns the
string:
”Hewlett-Packard,8922M,0,X.UU.VV”
X.UU.VV = the firmware revision of this instrument.
An *IDN? query must be the last query in a message. Any queries
after the *IDN? query in this program message will be ignored.
Query Syntax
*IDN?
Returned Format
Hewlett-Packard,8922M,0,X.UU.VV<NL>
Example
DIM Id$[100]
OUTPUT 714;”*IDN?”
ENTER 714;Id$
PRINT Id$
21-5
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*OPC (Operation Complete)
*OPC (Operation Complete)
Description
The *OPC (operation complete) command will cause the instrument
to set the operation complete bit in the Standard Event Status Register
only when all pending operations are complete. The *OPC? query
places an ASCII “1” in the output queue when all pending device
operations are complete. There is a one second minimum delay
between the query and the response. A pending operation in the
Agilent 8922M or Agilent 8922S is any measurement which is armed
but not complete. When in remote operation with repetitive triggering
all measurements, apart from BER, are self-arming. When in remote
operation with single triggering all measurements, apart from BER,
are armed by sending the TRIGger[:IMMediate] command or
*TRG. The BER measurement is armed by sending the
TRIGger:BETest:RUN command.
Command Syntax *OPC
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*OPC”
Query Syntax
*OPC?
Returned Format
1<NL>
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*OPC?”
ENTER 714;Op
PRINT Op
21-6
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*OPT?
*OPT?
Description
The *OPT? query will return a string containing the instrument
options that are installed. Returns a “0” for any options that are not
installed. Available options are
“SPECTRUM ANALYZER”, “LOW POWER RF ATTEN”,“CIPHERING”,
“HP83220A”, ”HP83220E”, “ELECTRONIC ATTEN”.
Query Syntax
*OPT?
Return Syntax
Where <string> = “0,0,0,0,0,0” with no options installed
Example
Here are two examples of possible return strings for a fully loaded
instrument.
“SPECTRUM ANALYZER,LOW POWER
RF ATTEN,CIPHERING,HP83220A,0,ELECTRONIC ATTEN”.
“SPECTRUM ANALYZER,LOW POWER
RF ATTEN,CIPHERING,HP83220E,0,ELECTRONIC ATTEN”.
DIM Value$[100]
OUTPUT 714;”*OPT?”
ENTER 714;Value$
PRINT Value$
21-7
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*RCL (Recall)
*RCL (Recall)
Description
The *RCL command restores the state of the instrument from the
specified internal save/recall register. An instrument setup must have
been stored previously in the specified register. Registers 0 through 99
are general purpose and can be used with the *SAV command.
Command Syntax *RCL <rcl_register>
Where <rcl_register> = 0 through 99 though the total number of
registers used may be limited by the amount of memory available.
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*RCL 75”
An instrument state stored using [REGister:]SAVE may be recalled
using *RCL or [REGister:]RECall. If the [REGister:]SAVE uses an
alphanumeric string as the register name, the *RCL command will not
work. *RCL only works with registers named using an integer from 0
through 99.
IMPORTANT
The following fields do not participate in Save/Recall, and will be set according to the
recalled state of the operating mode (Active Cell | Test Mode | CW Generator).
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
21-8
Cell Config - Settable| | Activated
Dig Demod Arm State - Arm | Disarm
DSP Meas - Trig Source
DSP Meas - Trig Delay
Demod Arm State - Arm | Disarm
Meas Arm State - Arm | Disarm
Meas Sync - Single | Cont
Bit Error Test - Run | Stop
Bit Error Test MS Loopback Loop Delay mode - Manual | Auto
Hop Control RF Generator - Arm | Disarm
Hop Control RF Analyzer - Arm | Disarm
Hop Control RF Generator - Non-Hop | Hop
Hop Control RF Analyzer - Non-Hop | Hop
None of the CONFigure commands except :RADio,
:ROSCillator:OFFSet, ROSCillator:TUNing, and :PRINt:TITLe
participate in Save/Recall, and will instead remain at their last
setting.
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*RST (Reset)
*RST (Reset)
Description
The *RST command places the instrument in a known state.
Command Syntax *RST
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*RST”
21-9
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*SAV (Save)
*SAV (Save)
Description
The *SAV command stores the current state of the instrument in an
internal save register. The data parameter is the number of the save
register where the data will be saved. Internal registers 0 through 99
are valid for this command. The total number of registers which can
be saved is limited by the number of settings which differ from their
preset condition and the memory available.
Command Syntax *SAV <number>
Where <number> = 0 through 99
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*SAV 85”
The [REGister:]RECall command may be used to return the
instrument to the state at which the instrument was saved using *SAV.
The [REGister:]RECall must use the same integer to return to this
state. Strings are not accepted.
21-10
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*SRE (Service Request Enable)
*SRE (Service Request Enable)
The *SRE command sets the Service Request Enable Register bits.
The Service Request Enable Register contains a mask value for the
bits to be enabled in the Status Byte Register. A logic one in the
Service Request Enable Register will enable the corresponding bit in
the Status Byte Register, a logic zero will disable the bit.
The *SRE query returns the current setting.
Command Syntax *SRE <mask>
Where <mask> = 0 through 255
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*SRE 16”
NOTE
This example enables a service request to be generated when a message is available in the
output queue. When a message is available, the MAV bit will be high.
Query Syntax
*SRE?
<mask><NL>
Where <mask> = sum of all the bits that are set, 0 through 255.
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*SRE?”
ENTER 714;Value
PRINT Value
21-11
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*STB? (Status Byte)
*STB? (Status Byte)
Description
The *STB? query returns the current value of the instrument’s status
byte. The RQS (request service) bit is reported on bit 6. The RQS
indicates whether or not the device has at least one reason for
requesting service.
Query Syntax
*STB?
<value><NL>
Where <value> = 0 through 255
Example
OUTPUT 714;”*STB?”
ENTER 714;Value
PRINT Value
21-12
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*TST? (Test)
*TST? (Test)
Description
NOTE
The *TST query causes the instrument to perform a self-test. The
result of the test will be placed in the output queue.
Prior to sending this command, all front panel inputs must be disconnected.
A zero indicates the test passed and a non-zero value indicates the test
failed.
Command Syntax *TST?
Returned Format
<result><NL>
Where <result> = 0 or a non-zero value.
0 indicates the test has passed.
Non-zero indicates the test has failed.
21-13
IEEE 488.2 Common Commands
*WAI (Wait)
*WAI (Wait)
The *WAI command pauses the instrument, preventing it from
executing any further GPIB commands or queries until no operations
are pending.
Command Syntax *WAI
Example
OUTPUT 714;”MEAS:PATTERN ’Facc’”
OUTPUT 714;”TRIG:MODE:RETRIGGER SINGLE”
OUTPUT 714;”*TRG”
OUTPUT 714;”*WAI”
! The following command will not execute until the trigger has
occurred
! and is a valid measurement result.
OUTPUT 714;”MEAS:RF:FREQ:ACC?”
ENTER 714;Freq_acc
PRINT Freq_acc
21-14
22
LOGGing Subsystem
Logging commands are used to control protocol logging through the Protocol
Logging interface on the rear panel.
22-1
LOGGing Subsystem
22-2
LOGGing Subsystem
DATA:FLUSh
DATA:FLUSh
Description
FLUSh the LOGGing DATA - empties the contents of the log into an output stream to the
external monitoring device. Note, the data will not be cleared.
Syntax
LOGGing:DATA:FLUSh
Options
Not Applicable
DATA:CLEar
Description
Clears the LOGGing DATA.
Syntax
LOGGing:DATA:CLEar
Options
Not Applicable
PFILter
Description
Selects/queries the Pass FILter used when data is logged.
Syntax
LOGGing:PFILter?
LOGGing:PFILter <string>
Options
’NETWKONLY’ | ’+DATALINK’ | ’+SERVICE’
Where;
•
NETWKONLY means log peer-to-peer messages between the network layers.
•
+DATALINK means NETWKONLY plus log peer-to-peer messages between the
between the data link layers.
•
+SERVICE means NETWKONLY plus DATALINK plus log inter-layer messages
and intra-layer service request and response messages.
22-3
LOGGing Subsystem
STATe
STATe
Description
Selects/queries the current LOGGing STATe
Syntax
LOGGing:STATe?
LOGGing:STATe <string>
Options
’LOG’ | ’PAUSE’
Where;
•
LOG indicates that data is being logged.
•
PAUSE indicates that data is temporarily not being logged.
22-4
23
Measurement Sync Subsystem
23-1
Measurement Sync Subsystem
23-2
Measurement Sync Subsystem
BURSt:LENGth
BURSt:LENGth
Description
Selects/queries the MSYNc user-defined BURSt LENGth for the selected burst number
Syntax
MSYNc:BURSt:LENGth<n>?
MSYNc:BURSt:LENGth<n> <string>?
Options
where <n> = 0 to 3.
‘87’ | ‘147’
BURSt:SPSPosition
Description
Sets/queries the MSYNc user-defined Sync Pattern Start Position for the selected burst
number
Syntax
MSYNc:BURSt:SPSPosition<n>?
MSYNc:BURSt:SPSPosition<n> <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
where <n> = 0 to 3.
Refer to Appendix A.
BURSt:TQUalifier
Description
Selects/queries the Trigger QUalifier for the selected burst number
Note: this selects the trigger qualifier for both
MSYNc:BURSt:TQU<n> and DDEMod:BURSt:TQU<n>.
Syntax
MSYNc:BURSt:TQUalifier<n>?
MSYNc:BURSt:TQUalifier<n> <string>
Options
where <n> = 0 to 3.
’NORMAL’ | ’RF POWER’
Where;
•
NORMAL means no trigger qualifier.
•
RF POWER means ’rearm for another trigger if RF POWER never came up’.
23-3
Measurement Sync Subsystem
BURSt:TYPE
BURSt:TYPE
Description
Selects/queries the MSYNc BURSt TYPE for the selected burst number
Note: this selects the type for both MSYN:BURSt:TYPE<n> and
DDEMod:BURSt:TYPE<n>.
Syntax
MSYNc:BURSt:TYPE<n>?
MSYNc:BURSt:TYPE<n> <string>
Options
where <n> = 0 to 3.
’TSC0’ | ’TSC1’ | ’TSC2’ | ’TSC3’ |
’TSC4’ | ’TSC5’ | ’TSC6’ | ’TSC7’ |
’RACH’ | ’SCH’ | ’FCH’ | ’USER DEF’
BURSt:UDSPattern
Description
Sets/queries the MSYNc User Defined Sync Pattern definition for the selected burst number
Syntax
MSYNc:BURSt:UDSPattern<n>?
MSYNc:BURSt:UDSPattern<n> <quoted string>
Options
where <n> = 0 to 3.
SYNC:BSELect
Description
Selects/queries the burst selection to synchronize measurements to.
Syntax
MSYNc:SYNC:BSELect?
MSYNc:SYNC:BSELect <string>
Options
’0’ | ’1’ | ’2’ | ’3’ | ’EXT’
Where;
•
0 means always sync to burst number 0.
•
1 means always sync to burst number 1.
•
2 means always sync to burst number 2.
•
3 means always sync to burst number 3.
•
EXT means use external signals to decide which burst number to sync to.
23-4
Measurement Sync Subsystem
SYNC:MODE
SYNC:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the SYNC MODE algorithm that is used to determine the location of the
demodulated data bits in the measured burst.
Syntax
MSYNc:SYNC:MODE?
MSYNc:SYNC:MODE <string>
Options
’MIDAMBLE’ | ’AMPLITUDE’
Where;
•
MIDAMBLE means sync using the best bit match of the demodulated data bits to the
selected midamble or user-defined sync pattern.
•
AMPLITUDE means sync by centering the burst in the detected amplitude envelope.
23-5
Measurement Sync Subsystem
SYNC:MODE
23-6
24
Mobile Station Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
24-1
Mobile Station Commands (Measure Subsystem)
24-2
Mobile Station Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MS:TERRor
MS:TERRor
Description
Queries the Mobile Station Timing Error actually Measured by the Agilent 8922M/S.
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:MS:TERRor?
Options
Not Applicable.
MS:TADVance
Description
Queries the Mobile Station Timing Advance actually Measured by the Agilent 8922M/S.
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:MS:TADVance?
Options
Not Applicable.
SACCh:ACEL1:ARFCn
Description
Queries the Adjacent Cell ARFCn.
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:ACEL1:ARFCn<n>?
Options
Where n=1 through 6
SACCh:ACEL1:BCC
Description
Queries the Adjacent Cell (BSIC) Base Station Colour Code.
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:ACEL1:BCC<n>?
Options
Where n=1 through 6
SACCh:ACEL1:NCC
Description
Queries the Adjacent Cell (BSIC) Network Colour Code.
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:ACEL1:NCC<n>?
Options
Where n=1 through 6
24-3
Mobile Station Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SACCh:ACEL1:RLEVel
SACCh:ACEL1:RLEVel
Description
Queries the Adjacent Cell RX Level.
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:ACEL1:RLEVel<n>?
Options
Where n=1 through 6
SACCh:FULL:RLEVel
Description
Queries the Full RX Level (serving cell).
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:FULL:RLEVel?
Options
Not Applicable.
SACCh:FULL:RQUality
Description
Queries the Full RX Quality (serving cell).
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:FULL:RQUality?
Options
Not Applicable.
SACCh:PARTial:RLEVel
Description
Queries the Partial RX Level (serving cell).
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:PARTial:RLEVel?
Options
Not Applicable.
SACCh:PARTial:RQUality
Description
Queries the Partial RX Quality (serving cell).
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:PARTial:RQUality?
Options
Not Applicable.
24-4
Mobile Station Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SACCh:RESet
SACCh:RESet
Description
RESets the SACCH measurement results.
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:RESet
Options
Not Applicable.
SACCh:TADVance
Description
Queries the SACCH Timing Advance reported by the Mobile Station.
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:TADVance?
Options
Not Applicable.
SACCh:TLEVel
Description
Queries the SACCH TX Level reported by the Mobile Station.
Syntax
MEASure:CELL:SACCh:TLEVel?
Options
Not Applicable.
24-5
Mobile Station Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SACCh:TLEVel
24-6
25
MS Information Subsystem
NOTE
If you have the Agilent 8922M/S Option 010 Multi-Band Test System, you will have
access to additional GPIB commands. These commands are used when working with dual
band mobiles. For a full description of these additional commands and their syntax, refer
to the Agilent 8922 Multi-Band User’s Guide.
25-1
MS Information Subsystem
25-2
MS Information Subsystem
CIPHering:AMODe
CIPHering:AMODe
Description
Selects/queries the CIPhering Authentication MODe.
Syntax
MSINfo:CIPHering:AMODe?
MSINfo:CIPHering:AMODe <string>
Options
’FULL-54’ | ’FULL-64’ | ’PARTIAL’ | ’NONE’
Where;
•
FULL-54 means that the user need only provide the Authentication Key (KI). Only the
first 54 bits of the Authentication Key will be used, and the 10 least-significant-bits will
be unused.
•
FULL-64 means that the user need only provide the Authentication Key (KI). The
entire 64 bits of the Authentication Key will be used.
•
PARTIAL means that the Ciphering Key (KC) and a random number (RAND) is
needed.
•
NONE means that no authentication will take place.
CIPHering:KC
Description
Sets/queries the Ciphering Key (KC).
Syntax
MSINfo:CIPHering:KC?
MSINfo:CIPHering:KC <quoted string>
Options
Quoted string representing a hexadecimal (64 bit) value.
25-3
MS Information Subsystem
CIPHering:KI
CIPHering:KI
Description
Sets/queries the Authentication Key (KI).
Syntax
MSINfo:CIPHering:KI?
MSINfo:CIPHering:KI <quoted string>
Options
Quoted string representing a hexadecimal (128 bit) value.
CIPHering:RAND
Description
Sets/queries the RAND value (random number).
Syntax
MSINfo:CIPHering:RAND?
MSINfo:CIPHering:RAND <quoted string>
Options
Quoted string representing a hexadecimal (128 bit) value.
CIPHering:SRES
Description
Queries the BS SRES (Signed RESponse to RAND).
Syntax
MSINfo:CIPHering:SRES?
MSINfo:CIPHering:SRES <quoted string>
Options
This is a quoted string representing a 32 bit hexadecimal.
CIPHering[:STATe]
Description
Selects/queries the CIPHering (encryption) STATe of the MS and BS for the next call made.
Syntax
MSINfo:CIPHering[:STATe]?
MSINfo:CIPHering[:STATe] <string>
Options
’OFF’ | ’DISABLED’ | ’ENABLED’
Where;
•
OFF means no ciphering and don’t send out the ciphering signaling.
•
DISABLED means send out the ciphering signaling, but select ciphering disabled.
•
ENABLED means enable ciphering - this is only allowed if the Ciphering Option is
installed (see *OPT?).
25-4
MS Information Subsystem
MS:ATTach
MS:ATTach
Description
Selects/queries the IMSI attach/detach mode.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:ATTach?
MSINfo:MS:ATTach <string>
Options
’ON’ | ’OFF’
Where;
•
When attach is set to ON the MS will automatically perform a location update after
camping to the BCH, regardless of whether the cell attributes are the same as those
stored by the MS. This allows a quick functional test to be performed on the MS before
performing a call.
•
The default is OFF.
MS:CMARk:PCLass?
Description
Queries the Class MARk Power CLass - comes from the MS when a call is made.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:CMARk:PCLass?
Options
Not Applicable.
MS:CMARk:REVision?
Description
Queries the value encoded in the revision level bits of the MS.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:CMARk:REVision?
Options
Not Applicable.
MS:CMARk:BAND?
Description
Queries the value encoded in the frequency capability bits of the MS.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:CMARk:BAND?
Options
Not Applicable.
25-5
MS Information Subsystem
MS:IMEI:REQuest
MS:IMEI:REQuest
Description
Fetches the International Mobile Equipment Identity from the MS. A call must be in place.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:IMEI:REQuest
Options
Not options.
MS:IMEI?
Description
Queries the MS International Mobile Equipment Identity. An IMEI:REQest must have been
made before this query can be carried out.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:IMEI? <quoted string>
Options
This is quoted string of up to 15 decimal digits.
MS:IMSI:SPAGing
Description
Sets the PAGing IMSI - copies the MS’s IMSI (MS:IMSI) to the MS’s Paging IMSI
([:PAGing]:IMSI).
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:IMSI:SPAGing
Options
No Options
MS:IMSI?
Description
Queries the MS’s International Mobile Subscriber Identity.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:IMSI? <quoted string>
Options
This is quoted string of up to 15 decimal digits.
MS:LAI:LACode?
Description
Queries the Location Area Code portion of the last LAI.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:LAI:LACode?
Options
Not Applicable.
25-6
MS Information Subsystem
MS:LAI:MCCode?
MS:LAI:MCCode?
Description
Queries the Mobile Country Code portion of the last LAI.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:MCCode?
Options
Not Applicable.
MS:LAI:MNCode?
Description
Queries the Mobile Network Code portion of the last LAI.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:MNCode?
Options
Not Applicable.
MS:ONUMber?
Description
Queries the MS Originated NUMber.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:ONUMber?
Options
This quoted string represents up to 20-digit decimal number representing the party number
the MS was calling for an MS-initiated call. The field will show a leading ’+’ if this is an
international call.
MS:PAGPer
Description
Sets/queries the paging period parameter in the broadcast control channel.
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:PAGPer?
MSINfo:MS:PAGPer <integer>
Options
Where integer = 2 through 9.
MS:SRES?
Description
Queries the MS SRES (MS Signed RESponse to RAND).
Syntax
MSINfo:MS:SRES?
Options
This is a quoted string representing a 32 bit hexadecimal.
25-7
MS Information Subsystem
[:PAGing]:IMSIdentity
[:PAGing]:IMSIdentity
Description
Sets/queries the MS’s PAGing IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity).
Syntax
MSINfo[:PAGing]:IMSIdentity?
MSINfo[:PAGing]:IMSIdentity <quoted string>
Options
This is a quoted string representing up to 15 decimal digits.
[:PAGing]:TMSI:REALlocation
Description
Queries the TMSI (Temporary Subscriber Identity) value.
REALocates a new TMSI value based on generating a random number.
Syntax
MSINfo[:PAGing]:TMSI:REALlocation
Options
Not Applicable.
[:PAGing]:TMSI:STATe
Description
Selects/queries whether to use the TMSI value when the next call is made.
Syntax
MSINfo[:PAGing]:TMSI:STATe?
MSINfo[:PAGing]:TMSI:STATe <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ’OFF’
25-8
26
OSCilloscope Subsystem
26-1
OSCilloscope Subsystem
26-2
OSCilloscope Subsystem
CONTrol
CONTrol
Description
Selects/queries the OSCilloscope CONTrols - various fields will appear based on the
CONTrol selection.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:CONTrol?
OSCilloscope:CONTrol <string>
Options
’MAIN’ | ’TRIGGER’ | ’MARKER’
MARKer:NPEak
Description
Causes the OSCilloscope MARKer to move to the lowest Negative PEak displayed.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:MARKer:NPEak
Options
Not Applicable.
MARKer:PPEak
Description
Causes the OSCilloscope MARKer to move to the highest Positive PEak displayed.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:MARKer:PPEak
Options
Not Applicable.
MARKer:POSition
Description
Sets/queries the MARKer POSition. This is the number of divisions from the left side of
the graticule to the marker.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:MARKer:POSition?
OSCilloscope:MARKer:POSition <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
26-3
OSCilloscope Subsystem
SCALe:TIME
SCALe:TIME
Description
Selects/queries the horizontal sweep time per division.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:SCALe:TIME?
OSCilloscope:SCALe:TIME <string>
Options
’200 ms’ | ’100 ms’ | ’50 ms’ | ’20 ms’ |
’10 ms’ | ’5 ms’ | ’2 ms’ | ’1 ms’, |
’500 us’ | ’200 us’ | ’100 us’ | ’50 us’ |
’20 us’ | ’10 us’ | ’5 us’ | ’2 us’ |
’1 us’
SCALe:VERTical:AM
Description
Selects/queries the VERTical amplitude per division for AF Analyzer input selections
(AFAN:INP) that have AM units of Percent.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:AM?
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:AM <string>
Options
’50 %’ | ’20 %’ | ’10 %’ | ’5 %’ |
’2 %’ | ’1 %’ | ’0.5 %’ | ’0.2 %’ |
’0.1 %’ | ’0.05 %’
SCALe:VERTical:FM
Description
Selects/queries the VERTical amplitude per division for AF Analyzer input selections
(AFAN:INP) that have FM units of Hertz.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:FM?
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:FM <string>
Options
’50 kHz’ | ’20 kHz’ | ’10 kHz’ | ’5 kHz’ |
’2 kHz’ | ’1 kHz’ | ’500 Hz’ | ’200 Hz’ |
’100 Hz’ | ’50 Hz’ | ’20 Hz’ | ’10 Hz’
26-4
OSCilloscope Subsystem
SCALe:VERTical:OFFSet
SCALe:VERTical:OFFSet
Description
Sets/queries the number of divisions that the displayed signal is VERTically OFFSet above
the Oscilloscope’s fixed center line.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:OFFSet?
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:OFFSet <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
SCALe:VERTical:VOLTs
Description
Selects/queries the VERTical amplitude per division for AF Analyzer input selections
(AFAN:INP) that have units of VOLTs.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:VOLTs?
OSCilloscope:SCALe:VERTical:VOLTs <string>
Options
’20 V’ | ’10 V’ | ’5 V’ | ’2 V’ | ’1 V’ |
500 mV’ | ’200 mV’ | ’100 mV’ | ’50 mV’ |
‘20 mV’ | ’10 mV’ | ’5 mV’ | ’2 mV’ |
’1 mV’ | ’500 uV’ | ’200 uV’ | ’100 uV’ |
’50 uV’ | ’20 uV’
TRIGger:LEVel
Description
Sets/queries the TRIGger LEVel. This only applies when TRIGger:SOURce is ’Scope
Lvl’. The TRIGger LEVel is indicated by small pointers that appear on each side of the
graticule. GPIB units is DIV.
Example: ”OSC:TRIG:LEV 2 DIV” set the oscilloscope trigger to 2 divisions above the
horizontal axis.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:LEVel?
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:LEVel <real> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
26-5
OSCilloscope Subsystem
TRIGger:MODE
TRIGger:MODE
Description
IMPORTANT
Syntax
Selects/queries how measurements are armed to accept a trigger.
This command will set the trigger mode when in Local mode, it is overridden by
TRIGger:MODE:RETRigger REPetitive | SINGle when in Remote mode.
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:MODE?
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:MODE <string>
Options
’CONT’ | ’SINGLE’
Where;
•
CONT means that the oscilloscope is continuously armed to accept a trigger.
•
SINGLE means that the oscilloscope is armed to accept a trigger each time that
TRIGger:RESet is selected.
TRIGger:PRETrigger
Description
Sets/queries the PRETrigger value. This is the number of divisions previous to the trigger
point.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:PRETrigger?
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:PRETrigger <real> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
TRIGger:RESet
Description
Arms a measurement when TRIGger:MODE ‘SINGLE’ is selected or when
TRIGger:MODE:RETRigger SINGle is selected.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:RESet
Options
Not Applicable.
26-6
OSCilloscope Subsystem
TRIGger:SENSe
TRIGger:SENSe
Description
Selects/queries whether TRIGgering occurs on the positive-going (POS) or negativegoing(NEG) trigger signal.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:SENSe?
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:SENSe <string>
Options
’POS’ | ’NEG’
TRIGger:SOURce
Description
Selects/queries the Oscilloscope TRIGger SOURce.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:SOURce?
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:SOURce <string>
Options
’SCOPE LVL’ | ’EXTERNAL’
•
SCOPE LVL means that the input signal level is used for triggering.
•
EXTERNAL means that the front panel MEASURE TRIGGER IN is used for
triggering.
TRIGger:TYPE
Description
Selects/queries the Oscilloscope TRIGger TYPE.
Syntax
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:TYPE?
OSCilloscope:TRIGger:TYPE <string>
Options
’AUTO’ | ’NORM’
•
AUTO means automatically trigger a sweep is a triggering signal is not detected within
about 50 ms of the last trigger.
•
NORM means that a specific triggering signal is required before triggering.
26-7
OSCilloscope Subsystem
TRIGger:TYPE
26-8
27
Oscilloscope Commands (Measure Subsystem)
27-1
Oscilloscope Commands (Measure Subsystem)
27-2
Oscilloscope Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:LEVel:AM
MARKer:LEVel:AM
Description
Queries the MARKer LEVel which is the signal level of the current marker position for AF
Analyzer input selections (AFAN:INP) that have AM units of Percent. This value is a
function of the marker position set or queried by OSC:MARK:POS.
GPIB unit is Percent (PCT);
Display unit is Percent (PCT).
Syntax
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:LEVel:AM?]
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:LEVel:AM[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
MARKer:LEVel:FM
Description
Queries the MARKer LEVel which is the signal level of the current marker position for AF
Analyzer input selections (AFAN:INP) that have FM units of Hertz. This value is a function
of the marker position set or queried by OSC:MARK:POS.
GPIB units are HZ, kHZ;
Display units are kHZ.
Syntax
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:LEVel:FM?]
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:LEVel:FM[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
MARKer:LEVel:VOLTs
Description
Queries the MARKer LEVel which is the signal level of the current marker position for AF
Analyzer input selections (AFAN:INP) that have units of VOLTs. This value is a function
of the marker position set or queried by OSC:MARK:POS.
GPIB unit is Volts (V);
Display units are V, mV
default unit is V.
Syntax
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:LEVel:VOLTs?]
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:LEVel:VOLTs[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
27-3
Oscilloscope Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:TIME
MARKer:TIME
Description
Queries the MARKer TIME MEASurement which time elapsed from the trigger point to
the current marker position. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried
by OSC:MARK:POS.
GPIB unit is seconds (S);
Display units are S, MS;
default unit is MS.
Syntax
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:TIME?
MEASure:OSCilloscope:MARKer:TIME[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
TRACe
Description
Queries the oscilloscope TRACe MEASurement result.
Syntax
MEASure:OSCilloscope:TRACe?
Options
Not Applicable.
27-4
28
Output RF Spectrum Subsystem
28-1
Output RF Spectrum Subsystem
28-2
Output RF Spectrum Subsystem
FREQuency:OFFSet
FREQuency:OFFSet
Description
Sets/queries the Output RF Spectrum FREQuency OFFSet setting. This field is only used
when not making reference measurements. The offset is automatically set to 0.0 kHz when
MODE is set to either RAMP REF or MOD REF.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is kHZ.
Syntax
ORFSpectrum:FREQuency:OFFSet?
ORFSpectrum:FREQuency:OFFSet <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
MARKer:POSition
Description
Sets/queries the Output RF Spectrum MARKer POSition setting. The value is given in units
of divisions from the left side of the trace (0 to 10 divisions).
Syntax
ORFSpectrum:MARKer:POSition?
ORFSpectrum:MARKer:POSition <integer> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
28-3
Output RF Spectrum Subsystem
MODE
MODE
Description
Selects/queries the MODE for Output RF Spectrum measurements.
Syntax
ORFSpectrum:MODE?
ORFSpectrum:MODE <string>
Options
’RAMP REF’ | ’RAMPING’ |
’MOD REF’ | ’MODULATN’
Where;
•
RAMP REF means make a reference measurement needed to make Output RF
Spectrum due to ramping measurements.
•
RAMPING means power is measured for the Output RF Spectrum during the time
when the envelope is ramping up and down. (The peak value is returned within the time
interval 28 us before bit 0 to 28 us after bit 147.)
•
MOD REF means make a reference measurement needed to make Output RF Spectrum
due to modulation measurements.
•
MODULATN (modulation) means power is measured for the Output RF Spectrum
during the useful bits.
SACalibrate
Description
Calibrates the Spectrum Analyzer for making Output RF Spectrum or Pulse On/Off Ratio
measurements. This command is only active when TRIG:MODE[:DSP] = ’SINGLE’.
Syntax
ORFSpectrum:SACalibrate
Options
Not Applicable.
28-4
29
Output RF Spectrum Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
29-1
Output RF Spectrum Commands (Measure Subsystem)
29-2
Output RF Spectrum Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FBIT
FBIT
Description
Queries the position of the First (useful) BIT in time relative to when the Output RF
Spectrum measurement trigger occurred.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T);
default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods);
default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:FBIT?
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:FBIT[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
FMERrors
Description
FM ERrors query returns the number of FM demodulated bits different from the best bit
match (of the demodulated burst bits) to the selected midamble before differential decoding
for ORFS[:POWer] measurement. This only valid for MSYN:SYNC:MODE
’MIDAMBLE’.
Syntax
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:FMERrors?
Options
Not Applicable.
MARKer:LEVel
Description
Queries the MARKer LEVel which is relative amplitude data. This value is a function of
the marker position set or queried by ORFSpectrum:MARKer:POSition. Default unit is dB
relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst when ORFS:FREQ
was set to zero.
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:MARKer:LEVel?]
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:MARKer:LEVel[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
29-3
Output RF Spectrum Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:TIME
MARKer:TIME
Description
Queries the MARKer TIME which is the marker’s position relative to bit zero in the
measured burst. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by
ORFS:MARK:POS.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T);
default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods);
default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:MARKer:TIME?
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:MARKer:TIME[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
[:POWer]
Description
Queries the Output Spectrum POWer MEASurement result.
Default unit is dB relative (as per GSM rec. 5.05, etc.).
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:ORFSpectrum[:POWer]?
MEASure:ORFSpectrum[:POWer][:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
29-4
Output RF Spectrum Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SSTatus
SSTatus
Description
Queries the Sync STatus for the current DSP measurement.
Syntax
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:SSTatus?
Options
Returns one of the following states;
’No Error’ | ’ShortBurst’ | ’Level Late’ | ’LevelShort’ |
’FM Error’ | ’Low Level’ | ‘Math Error’ | ’RF Ovrload’.
The message return priority (highest to lowest) is as follows:
•
Math Error
•
RF Ovrload | Low Level
•
FM Error
•
ShortBurst | Level Late | LevelShort
•
No Error
The above defined as;
•
ShortBurst - amplitude envelope not long enough for the selected burst length.
•
RF Ovrload - the DSP Analyzer sampler hardware overloaded during sampling.
•
FM Error - at least one FM error was detected during the Midamble (or User Defined
Sync Pattern) portion of the selected burst (only possible for MSYN:SYNC:MODE
’MIDAMBLE’)
•
Level Late - amplitude of the burst did not rise until after the first few bits were
received.
•
Level Short - amplitude of the burst fell before the last few bits were received.
•
Low Level - DSP Analyzer RF level never got high enough to make a valid
measurement.
•
Math Error - DSP Analyzer math-related error occurred.
•
No Error - no error occurred in synchronizing to the selected burst
29-5
Output RF Spectrum Commands (Measure Subsystem)
TRACe
TRACe
Description
NOTE
Queries the Output RF Spectrum MEASurement result and returns 417 floating-point
numbers representing the trace.
The time between each point is 1.7 uS.
Syntax
MEASure:ORFSpectrum:TRACe?
Options
Not Applicable.
29-6
30
PULSe On/Off Ratio Subsystem
30-1
PULSe On/Off Ratio Subsystem
30-2
PULSe On/Off Ratio Subsystem
MARKer[:POSition]:FALL
MARKer[:POSition]:FALL
Description
Sets/queries the PULSe MARKer FALL trace POSition setting. The value is given in units
of divisions from the left side of the trace (0 to 10 divisions).
Syntax
PULSe:MARKer[:POSition]:FALL?
PULSe:MARKer[:POSition]:FALL <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
MARKer[:POSition]:RISE
Description
Sets/queries the PULSe MARKer RISE trace POSition setting. The value is given in units
of divisions from the left side of the trace (0 to 10 divisions).
Syntax
PULSe:MARKer[:POSition]:RISE?
PULSe:MARKer[:POSition]:RISE <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
MARKer:OPOSition:FALL
Description
Sets/queries the PULSe Off POSition FALL setting. This is the time (relative to the center
of the last bit) that the amplitude on the amplitude envelope will be measured. The range
is 0.0 us to +56.0 us.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T).
default unit is seconds (S),
default display unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
PULSe:MARKer:OPOSition:FALL?
PULSe:MARKer:OPOSition:FALL <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
30-3
PULSe On/Off Ratio Subsystem
MARKer:OPOSition:RISE
MARKer:OPOSition:RISE
Description
Sets/queries the PULSe Off POSition RISE setting. This is the time (relative to the center
of bit zero) that the amplitude on the amplitude envelope will be measured. The range is 56.0 us to 0.0 us.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T).
default unit is seconds (S),
default display unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
PULSe:MARKer:OPOSition:RISE?
MARKer:OPOSition:RISE <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
SACalibrate
Description
Calibrates the Spectrum Analyzer for making Output RF Spectrum or Pulse On/Off Ratio
measurements. This command is only active when TRIG:MODE[:DSP] = ’SINGLE’.
Syntax
PULSe:SACalibrate
Options
Not Applicable.
30-4
31
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
31-1
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
31-2
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
FBIT
FBIT
Description
Queries the position of the First (useful) BIT in time relative to when the Pulse On/Off
measurement trigger occurred.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T);
default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods);
default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:FBIT?
MEASure:PULSe:FBIT[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
FMERrors
Description
FM ERrors query returns the number of FM demodulated bits different from the best bit
match (of the demodulated burst bits) to the selected midamble before differential decoding
for the Pulse measurement. This only valid for MSYN:SYNC:MODE ’MIDAMBLE’.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:FMERrors?
Options
Not Applicable.
MARKer:LEVel:FALL
Description
Queries the FALL trace MARKer LEVel which is relative amplitude data. This value is a
function of the marker position set or queried by PULS:MARK:POS:FALL.
Default unit is dB relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB units are dB.
Display units are dB.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:LEVel:FALL?
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:LEVel:FALL[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
31-3
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:LEVel:RISE
MARKer:LEVel:RISE
Description
Queries the RISE trace MARKer LEVel which is relative amplitude data. This value is a
function of the marker position set or queried by PULS:MARK:POS:RISE.
Default unit is dB relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB units are dB.
Display units are dB.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:LEVel:RISE?
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:LEVel:RISE[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
MARKer:TIME:FALL
Description
Queries the FALL trace TIME which is the marker’s position relative to bit zero in the
measured burst. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by
PULS:MARK:POS:FALL.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T);
default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods);
default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:TIME:FALL?
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:TIME:FALL[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
31-4
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:TIME:RISE
MARKer:TIME:RISE
Description
Queries the RISE trace TIME which is the marker’s position relative to bit zero in the
measured burst. This value is a function of the marker position set or queried by
PULS:MARK:POS:RISE.
GPIB units are seconds (S),bit periods (T);
default unit is seconds (S).
Display units are US (micro-second), T (bit periods);
default unit is US (micro-second).
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:TIME:RISE?
MEASure:PULSe:MARKer:TIME:RISE[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
OORatio:FALL
Description
Queries the PULSe On/Off Ratio FALL trace MEASurement result.
Default units: dB relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:OORatio:FALL?
MEASure:PULSe:OORatio:FALL[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
OORatio:RISE
Description
Queries the PULSe On/Off Ratio RISE trace MEASurement result.
Default units: dB relative to the average power over the useful bits in the measured burst.
GPIB unit is dB.
Display unit is dB.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:OORatio:RISE?
MEASure:PULSe:OORatio:RISE[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
31-5
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
SSTatus
SSTatus
Description
Queries the Sync STatus for the current DSP measurement.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:SSTatus?
Options
Returns one of the following states;
’No Error’ | ’ShortBurst’ | ’Level Late’ | ’LevelShort’ |
’FM Error’ | ’Low Level’ | ‘Math Error’ | ’RF Ovrload’.
The message return priority (highest to lowest) is as follows:
•
Math Error
•
RF Ovrload | Low Level
•
FM Error
•
ShortBurst | Level Late | LevelShort
•
No Error
The above defined as;
•
ShortBurst - amplitude envelope not long enough for the selected burst length.
•
RF Ovrload - the DSP Analyzer sampler hardware overloaded during sampling.
•
FM Error - at least one FM error was detected during the Midamble (or User Defined
Sync Pattern) portion of the selected burst (only possible for MSYN:SYNC:MODE
’MIDAMBLE’)
•
Level Late - amplitude of the burst did not rise until after the first few bits were
received.
•
Level Short - amplitude of the burst fell before the last few bits were received.
•
Low Level - DSP Analyzer RF level never got high enough to make a valid
measurement.
•
Math Error - DSP Analyzer math-related error occurred.
•
No Error - no error occurred in synchronizing to the selected burst
31-6
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
TRACe:FALL
TRACe:FALL
Description
Queries the Pulse On/Off FALL TRACe MEASurement result and returns 417 floatingpoint numbers representing the trace.
NOTE: the time between each point is 0.2 uS.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:TRACe:FALL?
Options
Not Applicable.
TRACe:RISE
Description
Queries the Pulse On/Off RISE TRACe MEASurement result and returns 417 floatingpoint numbers representing the trace.
NOTE: the time between each point is 0.2 uS.
Syntax
MEASure:PULSe:TRACe:RISE?
Options
Not Applicable.
31-7
Pulse On/Off Ratio Commands (Measure Subsystem)
TRACe:RISE
31-8
32
RF Analyzer Subsystem
32-1
RF Analyzer Subsystem
Continued Over
32-2
RF Analyzer Subsystem
32-3
RF Analyzer Subsystem
AGC:CALibrate
AGC:CALibrate
Description
Does an open loop AGC CALibration if in FRAN:AGC:MODE ‘CLOSED’.
Syntax
RFANalyzer:AGC:CALibrate
Options
Not Applicable.
AGC:DVALue
Description
Sets/queries the open/auto AGC DAC VAlue
Syntax
RFANalyzer:AGC:DVALue?
RFANalyzer:AGC:DVALue <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
AGC:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the AGC MODE (NORMAL is closed loop).
Syntax
RFANalyzer:AGC:MODE?
RFANalyzer:AGC:MODE <string>
Options
’CLOSED’ | ’OPEN’ | ‘AUTO’
AMPLitude1
Description
Sets/queries the amplitude (input level to assume) of the RF IN/OUT port. Used when
RFAN:INP is ’RF IN/OUT’.
GPIB and display units are dBm, Volts (V) and Watts (W);
Default GPIB and display unit is dBm.
Syntax
RFANalyzer:AMPLitude1?
RFANalyzer:AMPLitude1 <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
32-4
RF Analyzer Subsystem
AMPLitude2
AMPLitude2
Description
Sets/queries the amplitude (input level to assume) of the AUX RF IN port. Used when
RFAN:INP is ’AUX RF IN’.
GPIB and display units are dBm, Volts (V) and Watts (W);
Default GPIB and display unit is dBm.
Syntax
RFANalyzer:AMPLitude2?
RFANalyzer:AMPLitude2 <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
[:AMPLitude]:ACCuracy
Description
Selects/queries the RF ANalyzer AMPLitude ACCuracy.
Syntax
RFANalyzer[:AMPLitude]:ACCuracy?
RFANalyzer[:AMPLitude]:ACCuracy <string>
Options
‘+-3dB’ | ‘+-1dB’
[:AMPLitude]:CONTrol
Description
Selects/queries the RFAnalyzer AMPLitude CONTrolling mechanism.
Syntax
RFANalyzer[:AMPLitude]:CONTrol?
RFANalyzer[:AMPLitude]:CONTrol <string>
Options
’MS TX LEV’ | ’MANUAL’
Where;
•
MS TX LEV means that the AMPLitude (RFAN:AMPL1 or RFAN:AMPL2) is set
automatically based on the setting of CELL:MS:TLEVel.
•
MANUAL means that the user can manually set the AMPLitude (RFAN:AMPL1 or
RFAN:AMPL2)
32-5
RF Analyzer Subsystem
FREQuency
FREQuency
Description
Sets/queries the non-hop FREQuency for the RF ANalyzer.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is MHZ.
Syntax
RFANalyzer:FREQuency?
RFANalyzer:FREQuency <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
FREQuency:GTIMe
Description
Sets/queries the RF ANalyzer Gate TIME (RF Cnt Gate).
Default GPIB unit is seconds (S).
Default display unit is micro-seconds (us).
Syntax
RFANalyzer:FREQuency:GTIMe?
RFANalyzer:FREQuency:GTIMe <real> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
FREQuency:HMEas
Description
Sets the Hop Meas Frequency, which is the frequency to be assumed when making
measurements while hopping.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is MHZ.
Syntax
RFANalyzer:FREQuency:HMEas <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
32-6
RF Analyzer Subsystem
FREQuency:OFFSet
FREQuency:OFFSet
Description
Sets/queries the Hop Frequency OFFSet for the RF ANalyzer.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is MHZ.
Syntax
RFANalyzer:FREQuency:OFFSet?
RFANalyzer:FREQuency:OFFSet <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
GTIMe
Description
Sets/queries the RF ANalyzer Gate TIME (RF Cnt Gate).
Default GPIB unit is seconds (S).
Default display unit is micro-seconds (us).
Syntax
RFANalyzer:GTIMe?
RFANalyzer:GTIMe <real> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
INPut
Description
Selects/queries the selected INPut port for the RF ANalyzer.
Syntax
RFANalyzer:INPut?
RFANalyzer:INPut <string>
Options
‘RF IN/OUT’ | ‘AUX RF IN’
ARFCn
Description
Selects/queries the Channel number which the RF ANalyzer will measure.
Syntax
RFANalyzer:ARFCn?
RFANalyzer:ARFCn <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
32-7
RF Analyzer Subsystem
ARFCn
32-8
33
RF Generator Subsystem
33-1
RF Generator Subsystem
33-2
RF Generator Subsystem
AMPLitude1
AMPLitude1
Description
Sets/queries the amplitude of the RF Generator when the RF IN/OUT port is selected.
GPIB and display units are dBm, Volts (V) and Watts (W); Default GPIB and display unit
is dBm.
Syntax
RFGenerator:AMPLitude1?
RFGenerator:AMPLitude1 <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
AMPLitude1:ATTenuation[:AUTO]
Description
Selects the ATTenuation of the RF IN/OUT port automatically each time a change of
amplitude setting occurs when ON.
Syntax
RFGenerator:AMPLitude1:ATTenuation[:AUTO]?
RFGenerator:AMPLitude1:ATTenuation[:AUTO] <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
AMPLitude2
Description
Sets/queries the amplitude of the RF Generator when the AUX RFOUT port is selected.
GPIB and display units are dBm, Volts (V) and Watts (W); Default GPIB and display unit
is dBm.
Syntax
RFGenerator:AMPLitude2?
RFGenerator:AMPLitude2 <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
AMPLitude2:ATTenuation[:AUTO]
Description
Selects the ATTenuation of the AUX RFOUT port automatically each time a change of
amplitude setting occurs when ON.
Syntax
RFGenerator:AMPLitude2:ATTenuation[:AUTO]?
RFGenerator:AMPLitude2:ATTenuation[:AUTO] <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’
33-3
RF Generator Subsystem
FREQuency
FREQuency
Description
Sets/queries the non-hop FREQuency of the RF Generator.
Default GPIB unit is HZ.
Default display unit is MHZ.
Syntax
RFGenerator:FREQuency?
RFGenerator:FREQuency <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
MODulation:DCAM
Description
NOTE
Selects/queries the state of DC AM MODulation.
This command is not available in the Agilent 8922S.
Syntax
RFGenerator:MODulation:DCAM?
RFGenerator:MODualtion:DCAM <string>
Options
’EXTERNAL’ | ’OFF’ | ’TCH LOWER’ | ’BCCHLOWER’ | ’BOTHLOWER’
Where;
•
EXTERNAL means DC AM comes from an external AM input.
•
OFF means no DC AM.
•
TCH LOWER means the BCCH will be at the RF Level of the RF Analyzer Amplitude
setting and the TCH RF Level will be lower by the dB determined by setting
RFANalyzer:INPut.
•
BCCHLOWER means the TCH will be at the RF Level of the RF Analyzer Amplitude
setting and the TCH RF Level will be lower by the dB determined by setting
RFANalyzer:INPut.
•
BOTHLOWER means both the TCH and the BCCH will be lower by the dB
determined by setting RFANalyzer:INPut.
33-4
RF Generator Subsystem
MODulation:DCAM:DVALue
MODulation:DCAM:DVALue
Description
Sets/queries the DC AM DAC VALue for RFG:MODE:DCAM selected as TCH LOWER,
‘BCCHLOWER’ or ‘BOTHLOWER’.
Syntax
RFGenerator:MODulation:DCAM:DVALue?
RFGenerator:MODualtion:DCAM:DVALue <integer> | [:INUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix A.
MODulation:GMSK
Description
Selects/queries the state of GMSK modulation.
Syntax
RFGenerator:MODulation:GMSK?
RFGenerator:MODualtion:GMSK <string>
Options
’EXT’ | ’OFF’
Where;
•
EXT means GMSK comes from external data and clock inputs.
•
OFF means the RF output is an unmodulated carrier.
MODulation:PULSe
Description
Selects/queries the state of PULSe modulation.
Syntax
RFGenerator:MODulation:PULSe?
RFGenerator:MODualtion:PULSe <string>
Options
’EXT’ | ’HOP TRIG’ | ’OFF’
Where;
•
EXT means PULSe modulation comes from an external (TTL) input.
•
HOP TRIG means the RF output automatically pulses off (for a little while) during
switching transients when an RF Generator hop trigger occurs.
•
OFF means no PULSe modulation.
33-5
RF Generator Subsystem
MODulation:PULSe:MODE
MODulation:PULSe:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the pulse modulation level MODE.
Syntax
RFGenerator:MODulation:PULSe:MODE?
RFGenerator:MODualtion:PULSe:MODE <string>
Options
’NORMAL’ | ’30 DB’
Where;
•
NORMAL means pulse off will be very far down.
•
30 DB means the RF envelope will usually be 30 dB higher than the selected amplitude
and can be pulsed down to the selected amplitude setting.
OUTPut
Description
Selects/queries the selected OUTPut port for the RF Generator.
Syntax
RFGenerator:OUTPut?
RFGenerator:OUTPut <string>
Options
’RF IN/OUT’ | ’AUX RFOUT’
33-6
34
SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
34-1
SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
34-2
SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
CONTrol
CONTrol
Description
Selects/queries whether or not the CBCH is being configured.
Syntax
SMSCb:CONTrol?
SMSCb:CONTrol <string>?
Options
‘ENABLED’ | ‘DISABLED’
MODE
Description
Selects/queries the Message Fields. ’ALL’ indicates that all the message attributes are
editable. ’BASIC’ indicates that only the identifier attribute is editable.
Syntax
SMSCb:MODE?
SMSCb:MODE <string>
Options
’BASIC’ | ’ALL’
SEND
Description
Selects/queries the type of message that is being sent.
Syntax
SMSCb:SEND?
SMSCb:SEND <string>
Options
’NO MESSAGE’ | ’MESSAGE 1’ | ’MESSAGE 2’ |
’MESSAGES 1 & 2’
Where;
•
’NO MESSAGE’ indicates the CBCH is sending invalid messages.
•
’MESSAGE 1’ indicates the contents of Message 1 are being sent at 60 second
intervals.
•
’MESSAGE 2’ indicates the contents of Message 2 are being sent at 30 second
intervals.
•
’MESSAGES 1 & 2’ alternatively sends the contents of Message 1 and Message 2, with
a 60 second interval between successive messages.
34-3
SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
STATus
STATus
Description
Queries the status of the CBCH.
Syntax
SMSCb:STATus?
Options
Returns a value of; ’OFF’ | ’IDLE’ | ’SENDING’
Where;
•
’OFF’ indicates that a CBCH is not configured.
•
’IDLE’ indicates that invalid messages are being sent on the CBCH.
•
’SENDING’ indicates that valid messages are being sent on the CBCH.
MESS1 or MESS2:CODE
Description
Selects/queries the message type.
Syntax
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:CODE?
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:CODE <integer>
Options
Where <integer>=0 through 4095.
For message 1 the default is 0.
For message 2 the default is 4095.
MESS1 or MESS2:UPDate
Description
Selects/queries the revision of the message being sent.
Syntax
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:UPDate?
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:UPDate <integer>
Options
Where <integer>=0 through 15.
For message 1 the default is 0.
For message 2 the default is 15.
34-4
SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
MESS1 or MESS2:IDENtifier
MESS1 or MESS2:IDENtifier
Description
Selects/queries the source of the message.
Syntax
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:IDENtifier?
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:IDENtifier <integer>
Options
Where <integer>=0 through 65535.
For message 1 the default is 0.
For message 2 the default is 0.
MESS1 or MESS2:LANGuage
Description
Selects/queries the data coding scheme for the message. ’DEFAULT GSM’ sets the value
of the data coding scheme to 0xF0.
Syntax
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:LANGuage?
SMSCb:MESS1 or SMSCb:MESS2:LANGuage <string>
Options
’GERMAN’ | ’ENGLISH’ | ’ITALIAN’ | ’FRENCH’ |
’SPANISH’ | ’DUTCH’ | ’SWEDISH’ | ’DANISH’ |
’PORTUGESE’ | ’FINNISH’ | ’NORWEGIAN’ | ’GREEK’ |
’TURKISH’ | ’DEFAULT GSM’
For message 1 the default is ’ENGLISH’.
For message 2 the default is ’GERMAN’.
34-5
SMS Cell Broadcast Subsystem
MESS1 or MESS2:LANGuage
34-6
35
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
35-1
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
Continued Over
35-2
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
35-3
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
ATTenuator
ATTenuator
Description
Selects/queries the input ATTenuator GSM900 and EGSM900 selection. This is only valid
when ATT1:MODE ’HOLD’ is selected, otherwise, automatic attenuator selection is done.
NOTE: This is only valid for CONFigure:RADio
’GSM900’ | ’EGSM’
Syntax
SANalyzer:ATTenuator?
SANalyzer:ATTenuator <string>?
Options
’0 dB’ | ’10 dB’ | ’20 dB’ |
’30 dB’ | ’40 dB’
ATTenuator:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the ATTenuator1 MODE selection.
Syntax
SANalyzer:ATTenuator:MODE?
SANalyzer:ATTenuator:MODE <string>?
Options
’AUTO’ | ’HOLD’
ATTenuator2
Description
Selects/queries the input ATTenuator DCS1800 and PCS1900 selection. This is only valid
when ATT2:MODE ’HOLD’ is selected, otherwise, automatic attenuator selection is done.
NOTE: This is only valid for CONFigure:RADio
’DCS1800’ | ’PCS1900’
Syntax
SANalyzer:ATTenuator2?
SANalyzer:ATTenuator2 <string>?
Options
’0 dB’ | ‘5 dB’ | ’10 dB’ | ‘15 dB’ | ’20 dB’ |
‘25 dB’ | ’30 dB’ | ’35 dB’
35-4
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
ATTenuator:MODE
ATTenuator:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the ATTenuator2 MODE selection.
Syntax
SANalyzer:ATTenuator2:MODE?
SANalyzer:ATTenuator2:MODE <string>?
Options
’AUTO’ | ’HOLD’
CFRequency
Description
Center FRequency setting (This is the same as RFA:FREQ).
Syntax
SANalyzer:CFRequency?
SANalyzer:CFRequency <real>? | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
MARKer:CFRequency
Description
Sets MARKer and signal to Center FRequency.
Syntax
SANalyzer:MARKer:CFRequency
Options
Not Applicable.
MARKer:NPEak
Description
Sets MARKer Next PEak.
Syntax
SANalyzer:MARKer:NPEak
Options
Not Applicable.
MARKer:PEAK
Description
Sets MARKer PEAK.
Syntax
SANalyzer:MARKer:PEAK
Options
Not Applicable.
35-5
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
MARKer:POSition
MARKer:POSition
Description
Selects/queries the MARKer POSition setting.
Syntax
SANalyzer:MARKer:POSition?
SANalyzer:MARKer:POSition <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
MARKer:RLEVel
Description
Sets MARKer and signal to Reference LEVel.
Syntax
SANalyzer:MARKer:RLEVel
Options
Not Applicable.
RLEVel1
Description
Reference LEVel for the RF IN/OUT port.
GPIB units are dBm, Volts (V) and Watts (W);
Default GPIB and display unit is dBm.
Syntax
SANalyzer:RLEVel1?
SANalyzer:RLEVel1 <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
RLEVel2
Description
Reference LEVel for the AUX RF IN port.
HP-IB units are dBm, Volts (V) and Watts (W);
Default GPIB and display unit is dBm.
Syntax
SANalyzer:RLEVel2?
SANalyzer:RLEVel2 <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
35-6
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
SPAN
SPAN
Description
SPAN setting.
Default GPIB units HZ;
Default and display unit is MHz.
Syntax
SANalyzer:SPAN?
SANalyzer:SPAN <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
TRACe:MHOLd
Description
Selects/queries the Spectrum Analyzer Max HOLd function for the TRACe as ON or Off.
Syntax
SANalyzer:TRACe:MHOLd?
SANalyzer:TRACe:MHOLd <string>
Options
‘ON’ | ‘OFF’.
VBWidth
Description
Selects/queries the Video Bandwidth selection.
Syntax
SANalyzer:VBWidth?
SANalyzer:VBWidth <string>
Options
‘30 kHz’ | ‘100 kHz’ | ‘1 MHz’.
35-7
Spectrum Analyzer Subsystem
VBWidth
35-8
36
Spectrum Analyzer Commands
(Measure Subsystem)
36-1
Spectrum Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
36-2
Spectrum Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
MARKer:FREQuency
MARKer:FREQuency
Description
Queries the MARKer FREQuency MEASurement result.
GPIB unit is HZ.
Display units are MHZ, kHZ, HZ;
Syntax
MEASure:SANalyzer:MARKer:FREQuency?
MEASure:SANalyzer:MARKer:FREQuency[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
MARKer:LEVel
Description
Queries the MARKer LEVel MEASurement result.
GPIB units are dBm, W.
default unit is dBm.
Display units are dBm, W, V, dBuV;
default unit is dBm.
Syntax
MEASure:SANalyzer:MARKer:LEVel?
MEASure:SANalyzer:MARKer:LEVel[:MM] | [:AVG]
Options
Refer to Appendices D and F.
TRACe
Description
Queries the Spectrum Analyzer TRACe MEASurement result.
Syntax
MEASure:SANalyzer:TRACe?
Options
Not Applicable.
36-3
Spectrum Analyzer Commands (Measure Subsystem)
TRACe
36-4
37
Status Subsystem
37-1
Status Subsystem
37-2
Status Subsystem
Status Subsystem - Status Byte
Status Subsystem - Status Byte
The Status subsystem is used for setting and querying the various conditions of the
instrument through the conditions set within the status byte. The following is a description
of the states found with each of the parts within the status byte.
Status Byte Bit Definitions
7 - Operation Status Register
6 - RQS
5 - Standard Event Status Register
4 - MAV
3 - Questionable Data/Signal Status Register
1 - Hardware 2 Status Register
0 - Hardware 1 Status Register
Hardware 1 Status Register
Condition register bit
definitions
7 - Communication Status Register Summary
6 - Power up tests failed
5 - Pulse On Trace RF Overload
(PULSe)
4 - Measurement Trigger too early
(DSPanalyzer, ORFSpectrum, PULSe)
3 - Measurement Trigger too late
(DSPanalyzer, ORFSpectrum, PULSe)
2 - Measurement Sync Error
(DSPanalyzer, ORFSpectrum, PULSe)
0 - Measurement armed
(DSPanalyzer, ORFSpectrum, PULSe)
37-3
Status Subsystem
Status Subsystem - Status Byte
Event register bit
definitions
1 - Measurement Limit(s) Exceeded
8 - EMMI Status Register Event Summary
14 - OverPower Protection Tripped
Hardware 2 Status Register
Condition register bit
definitions
2 - RF Frequency - change RF Gen Freq
1 - RF Src Level setting - change Ref Level, Input Port or Attenuator
(if using ”Hold”).”
0 - RF Analyzer Level setting - change RF Gen Amplitude, Output
Port or Atten Hold (if on).”
Questionable Data/Signal Status Register
The QUEStionable status register set contains bits which give an indication of the quality
of various aspects of the signal/data.
A bit set in the condition register indicates that the data currently being acquired or
generated is of questionable quality due to some condition affecting the parameter
associated with that bit.
Condition register bit
definitions
7 - CALibration Register Summary
Standard Event Status Register
Condition register bit
definitions
5 - Command Error
4 - Execution Error
3 - Device Dependant Error
2 - Query Error
37-4
Status Subsystem
Status Subsystem - Status Byte
Event register bit
definitions
7 - Power On Occurred
6 - User Request
1 - Request Control
0 - Operation Complete Occurred
Operation Status Register
The OPERation status register set contains conditions which are part of the instrument’s
normal operation.
Condition register bit
definitions
14 - PROGram running
Communication Status Register
Condition register bit
definitions
3 - Protocol Processor Communication Channel Failure
2 - DSP Analyzer Communication Channel Failure
1 - Hop Controller Communication Channel Failure
0 - Communication failure with Signaling Board
CALibration Status Register
Condition register bit
definitions
6 - Reference calibrate failure
5 - AGC Open Loop cal failure
3 - Voltmeter Self cal failure
2 - Counter Self cal failure
1 - Sampler Self cal failure
0 - Spectrum Analyzer Self cal failure
37-5
Status Subsystem
Status Subsystem - Status Byte
EMMI Status Register
Event register bit definitions
3 - Response timeout
2 - Mobile XON timeout
1 - NAK
0 - ACK
The STATus:EMMI:EVENt? queries the EMMI STATus buffer. When an EMMI:DATA
<data entry> occurs, one of the above bits will be set. Reading the status will clear all bits,
subsequently setting the EMMI status to idle. Based on the above bits, the status buffer
will return one of five numbers indicating the status of the last EMMI message sent by the
Agilent 8922M.
0 - There was no data sent since that last status check and there were
no events to report, or the last EMMI:DATA <data entry> had
improper format.
1 - A message was received and acknowledged by the mobile station.
Important: this does not mean that the mobile was able to understand
or perform the operation (ACK received).
2 - The Agilent 8922M attempted to send a message, but the mobile
station did not receive the message intact (NAK received).
4 - EMMI data was sent, but the XON timeout expired before the
acknowledge was received (EMMI:TIMEout:MS:XON).
8 - EMMI data was sent, but the Response timeout expired
(EMMI:TIMEout:MS:RESPonse).
NOTE
This register is not available in the Agilent 8922S.
Condition register bits will hold their state until the condition changes. Event register bits
will be cleared as soon as they are read.
37-6
Status Subsystem
CONDition
CONDition
Description
Queries the contents of the CONDition register associated with the status structure defined
in the command.
Syntax
CONDition?
Options
Not Applicable
ENABle
Description
Sets/queries the ENABle mask which allows true conditions in the event register to be
reported in the summary bit. If a bit is 1 in the enable register and its associated event bit
transitions to true, a positive transition will occur in the associated summary bit.
Syntax
ENABle?
ENABle <integer>
Options
The integer number can be changed using :INCRement command.
[EVENt]
Description
Queries the contents of the EVENt register associated with the status structure defined in
the command.
Syntax
[EVENt]?
Options
Not Applicable
NTRanistion
Description
Sets/queries the Negative TRansition filter. Setting a bit in the negative transition filter
causes a 1 to 0 transition in the corresponding bit of the associated CONDition register to
cause a 1 to be written in the associated bit of the corresponding EVENt register.
Syntax
NTRanistion?
NTRanistion <integer>
Options
The integer number can be changed using :INCRement command.
37-7
Status Subsystem
PTRanistion
PTRanistion
Description
Sets/queries the Positive TRansition filter. Setting a bit in the positive transition filter
causes a 0 to 1 transition in the corresponding bit of the associated CONDition register to
cause a 1 to be written in the associated bit of the corresponding EVENt register.
Syntax
PTRanistion?
PTRanistion <integer>
Options
The integer number can be changed using :INCRement command.
PRESet
Description
PRESet configures the status data structures such that device-dependent events are reported
through the status-reporting mechanism. The preset command affects only the enable
register and transition filter registers. (Presets all registers except event status registers,
service request enable register, event status enable register and condition register bits.)
Syntax
PRESet
Options
Not Applicable
37-8
38
System Subsystem
38-1
System Subsystem
SYSTem[:ERRor]
SYSTem[:ERRor]
Description
Queries the SYSTem ERRor queue. This returns an error number and a corresponding
quoted message string separated by a comma. Once the error is queried, it is removed from
the queue. If the error queue becomes full, then the earliest messages are removed.
Example: if a command parameter is given that is out of range, then SYST:ERR? will
return:
-200,”Execution error;Parameter value out of range.”
Syntax
SYSTem[:ERRor]?
Options
Not Applicable.
38-2
39
Tests Subsystem
39-1
Tests Subsystem
39-2
Tests Subsystem
COMMent1
COMMent1
Description
Sets/Queries the first line of the comment field. This field describes the test procedure file.
Syntax
TESTs:COMMent1?
TEST:COMM1?
TESTs:COMMent1 <string>
TEST:COMM1 <string>
Options
The string to be a quoted string of no more than 50 characters.
For example:
OUTPUT Uut;”TEST:COMM1 ‘This procedure performs
full parametric testing’”
COMMent2
Description
Sets/Queries the second line of the comment field. This field describes the test procedure
file.
Syntax
TESTs:COMMent2?
TEST:COMM2?
TESTs:COMMent2 <string>
TEST:COMM2 <string>
Options
The string to be a quoted string of no more than 50 characters.
For example:
OUTPUT Uut;”TEST:COMM2 ‘of GSM Mobiles’”
CONFigure?
Description
Queries the external instrument configuration as defined in the edit configuration screen of
the tests subsystem.
Syntax
TESTS:CONFigure? <n>
Options
Where <n> is the instrument number (inst#) and is from 1 to 14.
39-3
Tests Subsystem
EXECution:DESTination
EXECution:DESTination
Description
Sets/Queries the output destination field for the test results. The test results can be output
to the CRT or printer. A printer must be correctly configured in order to get a printout.
Syntax
TESTs:EXECution:DESTination?
TEST:EXEC:DEST?
TESTs:EXECution:DESTination <string>
TEST:EXEC:DEST <string>
Options
‘CRT’ | ‘PRINTER’
For Example;
Output Uut;”TEST:EXEC:DEST ‘PRINTER’”
Output Uut;”TEST:EXEC:DEST ‘CRT’”
EXECution:FAILure
Description
Sets/Queries the Unit Under Test (UUT) failure mode. This allows the user to either
continue or stop the test when the test results fail to meet test specified limits. When the
continue option is selected, the error is listed to the printout or CRT depending on which
option has previously been chosen.
Syntax
TESTs:FAILure?
TEST:FAIL?
TESTs:FAILure <string>
TEST:FAIL <string>
Options
‘STOP’ | ‘CONTINUE’
Where;
STOP
means that the test will stop running whenever the UUT fails to meet
test specification limits.
CONTINUE
means that the test will continue even though the UUT has failed to
meet test specification limits.
39-4
Tests Subsystem
EXECution:HEADing1
EXECution:HEADing1
Description
Sets/Queries the first line of the output heading field.
Syntax
TESTs:EXECution:HEADing1?
TEST:EXEC:HEAD1?
TESTs:EXECution:HEADing1 <string>
TEST:EXEC:HEAD1 <string>
Options
A quoted string of no more than 50 characters.
EXECution:HEADing2
Description
Sets/Queries the second line of the output heading field.
Syntax
TESTs:EXECution:HEADing2?
TEST:EXEC:HEAD2?
TESTs:EXECution:HEADing2 <string>
TEST:EXEC:HEAD1 <string>
Options
A quoted string of no more than 50 characters.
39-5
Tests Subsystem
EXECution:RESults
EXECution:RESults
Description
Sets/Queries the output results sent to the output device (CRT/Printer).
Syntax
TESTs:EXECution:RESults?
TEST:EXEC:RES?
TESTs:EXECution:RESults <string>
TEST:EXEC:RES <string>
Options
‘ALL’ | ‘FAILURES’
Where;
ALL
All test results are shown on the output device (CRT and/or printer).
Printouts include a “banner” listing the test conditions, measured
values, lower and upper limits, and whether the test passed or failed.
The Comment field is shown at the top along with any identifying
information from the Output Heading field. Date, and time is
also output.
FAILURE
Test results are shown only when a UUT failure or software error
occurs. Printouts include a “banner” listing the test conditions,
measured values, and lower and upper limits of the failed test. The
Comment field and any identifying information from the Output
Heading field is also output.
39-6
Tests Subsystem
EXECution:RUN
EXECution:RUN
Description
Sets/Queries the test running mode. It enables the test to be run continuously or paused after
each test.
Syntax
TESTs:EXECution:RUN?
TEST:EXEC:RUN?
TESTs:EXECution:RUN <string>
TEST:EXEC:RUN <string>
Options
‘CONTINUOUS’ | ‘SINGLE STEP’
Where;
CONTINUOUS All tests run in sequence. Testing pauses only if the operator is
required to interact with the UUT or Agilent 8922M/S; interaction
such as changing UUT channels, changing audio level, and so forth,
cause testing to pause.
SINGLE STEP The program stops running at the completion of each test. The testsystem operator is prompted to select Continue to proceed with
testing.
FREQuency?
Description
Queries the test RX and TX frequency.
Syntax
TESTs:FREQuency? <n>
TEST:FREQ? <n>
Options
Where <n> is the channel number of the frequency being queried. <n> is from 1 to 50
39-7
Tests Subsystem
LIBRary?
LIBRary?
Description
Queries the test library information
Syntax
TESTs:LIBRary?
TEST:LIBR?
Options
This query returns the following;
[NO LIB] or Current
Name
Returns the current name of the Library file being used or, if no
library is being used, [NO LIB] is returned.
Where From
Returns the location of the library file (for example: CARD, DISK).
Date
Returns the date when the library file was created.
PARMameter?
Description
Queries the test parameters for a given parameter number.
Syntax
TESTs:PARMameter? <n>
TEST:PARM? <n>
Options
Where <n> is the parameter number (Parm#). <n> is from 1 to the last Parameter number
defined in the test procedure.
For example;
OUTPUT UUT;”TEST:PARM? 5”
PROCedure:AUTOstart
Description
Sets/Queries the autostart state. This allows the Agilent 8922M/S to go straight to the
procedure menu each time the instrument is powered up, providing a Memory Card is
inserted in the front panel.
Syntax
TESTs:PROCedure:AUTOstart?
TEST:PROC:AUTO?
TESTs:PROCedure:AUTOstart <string>
TEST:PROC:AUTO <string>
Options
‘OFF’ | ‘ON’
39-8
Tests Subsystem
PROCedure:LOCation
PROCedure:LOCation
Description
Sets/Queries the location from where the Test Procedure can be found.
Syntax
TESTs:PROCedure:LOCation?
TEST:PROC:LOC?
TESTs:PROCedure:LOCation <string>
TEST:PROC:LOC <string>
Options
‘CARD’ | ‘ROM’ | ‘RAM’ | ‘DISK’
PROCedure:NAME
Description
Sets/Queries the name of the test procedure to be downloaded.
Syntax
TESTs:PROCedure:NAME?
TEST:PROC:NAME?
TESTs:PROCedure:NAME <string>
TEST:PROC:NAME <string>
Options
The Test Procedure filename is no be more than 9 characters long.
PROCedure:PRINt:CONFigure
Description
Prints out the test edit configuration to the current device selected.
Syntax
TESTs:PROCedure:PRINt:CONFigure
TEST:PROC:PRIN:CONF
Options
Not Applicable
PROCedure:PRINt:FREQuency
Description
Prints out all the Test Procedure frequencies as defined in the Test edit frequency screen.
Syntax
TESTs:PROCedure:PRINt:FREQuency
TEST:PROC:PRIN:FREQ
Options
Not Applicable
39-9
Tests Subsystem
PROCedure:PRINt:PARameter
PROCedure:PRINt:PARameter
Description
Prints out all the Test Procedure parameters
Syntax
TESTs:PROCedure:PRINt:PARameter
TEST:PROC:PRIN:PAR
Options
Not Applicable
PROCedure:PRINt:SEQuence
Description
Prints out all the test name descriptions for all of the Step numbers.
Syntax
TESTs:PROCedure:PRINt:SEQuence
TEST:PROC:PRIN:SEQ
Options
Not Applicable
PROCedure:PRINt:SPEC
Description
Prints out all the Test Procedure Specifications.
Syntax
TESTs:PROCedure:PRINt:SPEC
TEST:PROC:PRIN:SPEC
Options
Not Applicable
PROCedure:RUN
Description
Runs the current test procedure.
Syntax
TESTs:PROCedure:RUN
TEST:PROC:RUN
Options
Not Applicable
39-10
Tests Subsystem
SEQNumber?
SEQNumber?
Description
Queries the test number that has been set for a particular sequence number. This is also
defined in the Test edit sequence screen.
Syntax
TESTs:SEQNumber? <n>
TEST:SEQN? <n>
Options
Where <n> is the Step Number (Step#). <n> is from 1 to 50
SPEC?
Description
Queries the test specification limits for a given Step number.
Syntax
TESTs:SPEC? <n>
TEST:SPEC? <n>
Options
Where <n> is step number being queried. <n> is from 1 to the last step defined. The
returned query gives the step number, specification and whether it is an Upper or Lower
limit.
39-11
Tests Subsystem
SPEC?
39-12
40
Trigger Subsystem
40-1
Trigger Subsystem
Continued Over
40-2
Trigger Subsystem
40-3
Trigger Subsystem
ABORt
ABORt
Description
ABORts TRIGgering of a measurement that has been triggered using TRIGger:IMMediate.
Syntax
TRIGger:ABORt
Options
Not Applicable.
NOTE
ABORt, [:IMMediate], and MODE are remote-only commands and apply to the following
types of measurements: AF Analyzer, CW Meas, OSCilloscope, and SANalyzer.
ASTate
Description
Selects/queries the Arm STate of the currently selected measurement. This command is
used for all appropriate measurements listed in the MEASure subsystem.
Syntax
TRIGger:ASTate?
TRIGger:ASTate <string>
Options
NOTE
’ARM’ | ’DISARM’
ASTate, SOURce, MODE[:DSPanalyzer] and UMEMory apply to the following types of
measurements: DSPanalyzer - Phase, Amplitude, Data Bits PULSe - Pulse On/Off Ratio
ORFSpectrum - Output RF Spectrum DELay and HTCH apply to Digital Demod and Bit
Error Test as well as the above measurements.
BETest
Description
Selects/queries the TRIGger for Bit Error Test measurements for local operation.
Syntax
TRIGger:BETest?
TRIGger:BETest <string>
Options
’SINGLE’ | ’CONT’
Where;
•
SINGLE means each Bit Error Test measurement will just be made once (based on each
measurement’s definition of number of bits to make the measurement over).
•
CONT means make each Bit Error Test measurement continuously, repeatedly,
copying Intermediate results into Complete results as one or more of the termination
conditions are met.
40-4
Trigger Subsystem
BETest:MODE
BETest:MODE
Description
Selects/queries the Bit Error Test measurement TRIGger MODE.
Syntax
TRIGger:BETest:MODE?
TRIGger:BETest:MODE <string>
Options
’RUN’ | ’STOP’
Where;
•
RUN initializes the Bit Error Test measurements to start and starts all Bit Error Test
measurements.
•
STOP Bit Error Test measurements - this is useful in aborting long Bit Error Test
measurements.
DDEMod:ADJMode
Description
Selects/queries the Digital DEMod TRIGger ADJust Mode. Trigger adjust mode enables
the user to change TRIG:DEL even while Demod is armed. Some Demod triggers will be
missed while changing trigger delay.
Syntax
TRIGger:DDEMod:ADJMode?
TRIGger:DDEMod:ADJMode <string>
Options
’ENABLED’ | ’DISABLED’
DDEMod:ASTate
Description
Selects/queries the Arm STate of the Digital DEMod TRIGger. Must be on digital demod,
cell configuration or cell control screens to Arm Digital Demod.
Syntax
TRIGger:DDEMod:ASTate?
TRIGger:DDEMod:ASTate <string>
Options
’ARM’ | ’DISARM’
40-5
Trigger Subsystem
DDEMod:SOURce
DDEMod:SOURce
Description
Selects/queries the Digital DEMod TRIGger SOURce.
Syntax
TRIGger:DDEMod:SOURce?
TRIGger:DDEMod:SOURce <string>
Options
’EXT MEAS’ | ’EXT DEMOD’ | ’RF RISE’
Where;
•
EXT DEMOD means Demod is triggered from an external trigger signal that is
normally intended for doing Demod.
•
RF RISE means the measurement is triggered automatically when a rising edge is
detected on the RF envelope of the input.
•
EXT MEAS means Demod is triggered from an external trigger signal that is normally
intended for doing measurements.
DELay
Description
Sets/queries the TRIGger DELay. This applies to measurements as well as Digital Demod.
GPIB units are seconds (S), bit periods (T).
Default GPIB unit is seconds (S).
Default display unit is bit periods (T).
Syntax
TRIGger:DELay?
TRIGger:DELay <real> | [:FNUM]
Options
Refer to Appendix B.
HTCH
Description
Selects/queries the Hopped TCH ARFCN Trigger control. This only applies when
TCH:MODE is ’HOPPED’ and the Cell Configuration is ’ACTIVATED’ and the radio has
been assigned to a TCH channel.
Syntax
TRIGger:HTCH?
TRIGger:HTCH <string>
Options
’SPECIFIC’ | ’AUTO’
40-6
Trigger Subsystem
HTCH:ARFCn[:SPECific]
HTCH:ARFCn[:SPECific]
Description
Sets/queries the SPECific ARFCn to use for a Hopping TCH measurement when
TRIGger:TCH is set to ‘SPECific’.
Syntax
TRIGger:HTCH:ARFCn[:SPECific]?
TRIGger:HTCH:ARFCn[:SPECific] <integer>
Options
Not Applicable.
HTCH:ARFCn:AUTO
Description
Queries the ARFCn that is being used for a Hopping TCH measurement when
TRIGger:TCH is set to ’AUTO’. This value is the lowest ARFCN in the currently used MA
table (MA1 or MA2).
Syntax
TRIGger:HTCH:ARFCn:AUTO?
Options
Not Applicable.
[:IMMediate]
NOTE
Description
IMMediately TRIGgers the currently active measurement.
Syntax
TRIGger[:IMMediate]
Options
Not Applicable.
ABORt, [:IMMediate], and MODE are remote-only commands and apply to the following
types of measurements: AF Analyzer, CW Meas, OSCilloscope, and SANalyzer.
40-7
Trigger Subsystem
MODE[:DSP]
MODE[:DSP]
Description
Selects/queries the DSP TRIGger MODE as SINGLE or CONTinuous. This is used for
Phase, Amplitude, Output RF Spectrum, Pulse On/Off Ratio and Data Bits measurements.
Syntax
TRIGger:MODE[:DSP]?
TRIGger:MODE[:DSP] <string>
Options
’SINGLE’ | ’CONT’
NOTE
In CONTinues mode, the user does not manually arm the instrument, but must provide a
trigger in order for the measurement to complete.
NOTE
This command is valid in both local and remote modes.
MODE:RETRigger
Description
Selects/queries the RETRigger MODE for the currently active measurement. Default
setting is REPetitive.
Syntax
TRIGger:MODE:RETRigger?
TRIGger:MODE:RETRigger <string>
Options
CAUTION:
’SINGLE’ | ’REPETITIVE’
The remote-only command will override local triggering commands for continuous
(repetitive) and single settings for AF Analyzer, CW Meas, OSCilloscope, and SANalyzer.
40-8
Trigger Subsystem
SOURce
SOURce
Description
Selects/queries the measurement TRIGger SOURce.
Syntax
TRIGger:SOURce?
TRIGger:SOURce <string>
Options
’EXT MEAS’ | ’EXT DEMOD’ | ’RF RISE’
Where;
•
EXT MEAS means the measurement is triggered from an external trigger signal that is
normally intended for doing measurements.
•
RF RISE means the measurement is triggered automatically when a rising edge is
detected on the RF envelope of the input.
•
EXT DEMOD means the measurement is triggered from an external trigger signal that
is normally intended for doing demod.
UMEMory:SOURce
Description
Selects/queries the USE MEM (Use MEMory) TRIGger SOURce.
Syntax
TRIGger:UMEMory:SOURce?
TRIGger:UMEMory:SOURce <string>
Options
’EXTERNAL’ | ’BAD SYNC’
Where;
•
BAD SYNC means that the UMEMory (USE MEM) memory will be automatically
filled when the Demod Sync Status changes from ’No Error’ to ’Bad Sync’
(DDEMod:SYNC:SSTatus?).
•
EXTERNAL means that the UMEMory (USE MEM) memory will be automatically
filled when an external line on the SYSTEM BUS connector on the rear panel is in a
particular state when a valid demod trigger occurs.
40-9
Trigger Subsystem
UMEMory:STATus
UMEMory:STATus
Description
Queries the current STAT e of the memory.
Syntax
TRIGger:UMEMory:STATe?
Options
Returns ’No Data’ | ’New Data’ | ’Old Data’.
Where;
•
NO DATA means that the UMEMory (USE MEM) memory contains no valid data.
•
NEW DATA means that the UMEMory (USE MEM) memory contains newly captured
data from the most recent time demod was armed (TRIGger:DDEMod:ASTate ’ARM’)
and bad synchronization occurred (midamble did not exactly match the bits in the
defined midamble).
•
OLD DATA means that the UMEMory (USE MEM) memory contains previously
captured data from a previous time demod was armed (TRIGger:DDEMod:ASTate
’ARM’) or from a previous DSP analyzer, Output RF Spectrum or Pulse On/Off Ratio
measurement (TRIGger:ASTate ’ARM’).
40-10
A
Appendix A - [:INUM] - Integer Numeric
Fields
Optional commands that apply to Integer Numeric Entry fields.
A-1
Appendix A - [:INUM] - Integer Numeric Fields
INCRement
Sets and queries the field’s current INCRement value.
INCRement
<UP | DOWN | (value)>
INCRement <value> sets the field INCRement value. INCR UP or
INCR DOWN cause the field to be modified up or down by the
current INCRement value.
A-2
B
Appendix B - [:FNUM] - Floating Point
Numeric Fields
Optional commands that apply to Floating Point Numeric Entry fields.
B-1
Appendix B - [:FNUM] - Floating Point Numeric Fields
B-2
Appendix B - [:FNUM] - Floating Point Numeric Fields
Commands
Commands
UNITs
UNITs?
UNITs <GPIB unit>
Sets/queries the GPIB fundamental UNITs that the floating point number queries will be
returned in.
DUNits
DUNits?
DUNits <measurement unit>
Sets/queries the Displayed UNits on the front panel for the given floating point number.
INCRement
INCRement?
Queries the field’s current INCRement value.
INCRement <UP | DOWN | (value) [units]>
INCRement <value> sets the field INCRement value. INCR UP or INCR DOWN cause
the field to be modified up or down by the current INCRement value.
INCRement:
DUNits
INCRement:DUNits?
INCRement:DUNits <increment unit>
Sets/queries the Displayed UNits on the front panel for the field’s increment setting.
INCRement:
MODE
INCRement:MODE?
INCRement:MODE ‘LINear’ | ‘LOGarithm’
Sets/queries the MODE of INCRement value to be in either LINear or LOGarithmic
(displayed in dB) steps.
INCRement:
MULTiply
MULTiplies the INCRement value by 10.
INCRement:
DIVide
DIVides the INCRement value by 10.
INCRement:MULTiply
INCRement:DIVide
B-3
Appendix B - [:FNUM] - Floating Point Numeric Fields
Commands
B-4
C
Appendix C - [:FNUM-MOD] - Floating Point
Numeric (less MODE)
Optional commands that apply to Floating Point Numeric Entry fields. These
commands are the same as Appendix B except they do not include INCR:MODE
command.
C-1
Appendix C - [:FNUM-MOD] - Floating Point Numeric (less MODE)
C-2
Appendix C - [:FNUM-MOD] - Floating Point Numeric (less MODE)
Commands
Commands
UNITs
UNITs?
UNITs <GPIB unit>
Sets/queries the GPIB fundamental UNITs that the floating point number queries will be
returned in.
DUNits
DUNits?
DUNits <measurement unit>
Sets/queries the Displayed UNits on the front panel for the given floating point number.
INCRement
INCRement?
Queries the field’s current INCRement value.
INCRement <UP | DOWN | (value) [units]>
INCRement <value> sets the field INCRement value. INCR UP or INCR DOWN cause
the field to be modified up or down by the current INCRement value.
INCRement:
DUNits
INCRement:DUNits?
INCRement:DUNits <increment unit>
Sets/queries the Displayed UNits on the front panel for the field’s increment setting.
INCRement:
MULTiply
INCRement:
DIVide
INCRement:MULTiply
MULTiplies the INCRement value by 10.
INCRement:DIVide
DIVides the INCRement value by 10.
C-3
Appendix C - [:FNUM-MOD] - Floating Point Numeric (less MODE)
Commands
C-4
D
Appendix D - [:MM] - Measurement Fields
The following list of optional commands that control Measurement field
functions. These attributes are listed here in hierarchal relationship. Included are
commands for state, units, low limits and high limits, and reference.
D-1
Appendix D - [:MM] - Measurement Fields
D-2
Appendix D - [:MM] - Measurement Fields
Commands
Commands
STATe
STATe?
STATeON | OFF | 1 | 0
Selects/queries the STATe of the measurement to be ON or OFF.
Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0
UNITs
UNITs?
UNITs
<GPIB measurement unit>
Sets/queries the GPIB fundamental UNITs that measurement queries will be returned in.
DUNits
DUNits?
DUNits
<measurement unit>
Sets/queries the Displayed UNits on the front panel for the given measurement.
AUNits
AUNits?
AUNits
<GPIB attribute unit>
Sets/queries the GPIB fundamental UNITs that measurement Attribute queries (e.g., low
limit, high limit, etc.) are returned in.
HLIMit
HLIMit
High LIMit measurement information.
HLIMit:
DUNits
HLIMit:DUNits?
HLIMit:DUNits
<measurement unit>
Sets/Queries the measurement High LIMit Displayed UNits.
HLIMit:
EXCeeded
HLIMit:
RESet
HLIMit:
STATe
HLIMit:EXCeeded?
Queries whether the High LIMit for the measurement was EXCeeded.
HLIMit:RESet
RESet the High LIMit exceeded state so that new limit data can be acquired.
HLIMit:STATe?
HLIMit:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the High LIMit STATe. Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
HLIMit
[:VALue]
[:VALue]?
[:VALue] <numeric value>
Sets/queries the measurement High LIMit VALue.
LLIMit
LLIMit
Low LIMit measurement information.
D-3
Appendix D - [:MM] - Measurement Fields
Commands
LLIMit:
DUNits
LLIMit:DUNits?
LLIMit:DUNits <measurement unit>
Sets/Queries the measurement Low LIMit Displayed UNits.
LLIMit:
EXCeeded
LLIMit:
RESet
LLIMit:EXCeeded?
Queries whether the Low LIMit for the measurement was EXCeeded.
LLIMit:RESet
RESet the Low LIMit exceeded state so that new limit data can be acquired.
LLIMit:
STATe
LLIMit:STATe?
LLIMit:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the Low LIMit STATe. Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
LLIMit
[:VALue]
[:VALue]?
[:VALue] <numeric value>
Sets/queries the measurement Low LIMit VALue.
REFerence
REFerence
Measurement REFerence information.
REFerence:
DUNits
REFerence:DUNits?
REFerence:DUNits <measurement unit>
Sets/queries the REFerence Displayed UNits on the front panel for the given
measurement.
REFerence:
STATe
REFerence:STATe
REFerence:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the REFerence STATe. Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
REFerence
[:VALue]
REFerence[:VALue]?
REFerence[:VALue][<numeric value>]
Sets/queries the measurement REFerence VALue. If no <numeric value> is specified, then
the REFerence VALue will be set to the current measurement result.
D-4
E
Appendix E - [:MM-MOD] - Measurement
Fields (less UNITs, DUNits, AUNits)
The following list of optional commands that control Measurement field
functions. These attributes are listed here in hierarchal relationship. Included are
commands for state, units, low limits and high limits, and reference. These
commands are the same as those for Appendix D except for UNITs, DUNits and
AUNits.
E-1
Appendix E - [:MM-MOD] - Measurement Fields (less UNITs, DUNits, AUNits)
E-2
Appendix E - [:MM-MOD] - Measurement Fields (less UNITs, DUNits, AUNits)
Commands
Commands
STATe
STATe?
STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Selects/queries the STATe of the measurement to be ON or OFF.
Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0
HLIMit
HLIMit
High LIMit measurement information.
HLIMit:
EXCeeded
HLIMit:
RESet
HLIMit:
STATe
HLIMit:EXCeeded?
Queries whether the High LIMit for the measurement was EXCeeded.
HLIMit:RESet
RESet the High LIMit exceeded state so that new limit data can be acquired.
HLIMit:STATe?
HLIMit:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the High LIMit STATe. Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
HLIMit
[:VALue]
[:VALue]?
[:VALue] <numeric value>
Sets/queries the measurement High LIMit VALue.
LLIMit
LLIMit
Low LIMit measurement information.
LLIMit:
EXCeeded
LLIMit:
RESet
LLIMit:
STATe
LLIMit:EXCeeded?
Queries whether the Low LIMit for the measurement was EXCeeded.
LLIMit:RESet
RESet the Low LIMit exceeded state so that new limit data can be acquired.
LLIMit:STATe?
LLIMit:STATe
ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the Low LIMit STATe. Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
LLIMit
[:VALue]
[:VALue]?
[:VALue]
<numeric value>
Sets/queries the measurement Low LIMit VALue.
REFerence
REFerence
Measurement REFerence information.
E-3
Appendix E - [:MM-MOD] - Measurement Fields (less UNITs, DUNits, AUNits)
Commands
REFerence:
STATe
REFerence:STATe?
REFerence:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the REFerence STATe. Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
REFerence
[:VALue]
REFerence[:VALue]?
REFerence[:VALue] [<numeric value>]
Sets/queries the measurement REFerence VALue. If no <numeric value> is specified, then
the REFerence VALue will be set to the current measurement result.
E-4
F
Appendix F - [:AVG] - Measurement Fields
Using Averaging
The following list of optional commands that apply to measurement fields that
use averaging. These attributes are listed here in hierarchal relationship.
F-1
Appendix F - [:AVG] - Measurement Fields Using Averaging
F-2
Appendix F - [:AVG] - Measurement Fields Using Averaging
Commands
Commands
AVERage
AVERage
MEASurement AVERage commands. NOTE : These are only useful for continuous
measurements.
AVERage:
RESet
AVERage:
STATe
AVERage:RESet
RESet the AVERaged measurement result to begin giving measurement results from the
first measurement up to the number if measurements given by
<measurement>:AVERage:VALue.
AVERage:STATe?
AVERage:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the AVERage STATe.
Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
ON allows display of the average value of the number of measurements given in
<measurement>:AVERage:VALue
AVERage
[:VALue]
[:VALue]?
[:VALue] <numeric value>
Sets/queries the number (VALue) of measurements to be used in calculating the
AVERaged measurement result.
F-3
Appendix F - [:AVG] - Measurement Fields Using Averaging
Commands
F-4
G
Appendix G - [:MET] - Measurement Fields
Using Meters
The following is a list of optional commands that apply to measurement fields that
use meters. These attributes are listed here in hierarchal relationship.
G-1
Appendix G - [:MET] - Measurement Fields Using Meters
G-2
Appendix G - [:MET] - Measurement Fields Using Meters
Commands
Commands
METer
METer
METer commands. NOTE : These are only useful for continuous measurements.
METer:
HEND
METer:HEND?
METer:HEND <numeric value>
Sets/queries the High END value to display on the METer for the measurement.
METer:
DUNits
METer:DUNits?
METer:DUNits <meter display unit>
Sets/queries the measurement METer High END Displayed UNits.
METer:
INTerval
METer:INTerval?
METer:INTerval <numeric value>
Sets/queries the number of INTervals to display on the METer between the low end and
high end for the measurement.
METer:
LEND
METer:LEND?
METer:LEND <numeric value>
Sets/queries the Low END value to display on the METer for the measurement.
METer:
LEND:
DUNits
METer:
STATe
METer:LEND:DUNits?
METer:LEND:DUNits <meter display unit>
Sets/Queries the measurement METer Low END Displayed UNits.
METer:STATe?
METer:STATe ON | OFF | 1 | 0
Sets/queries the METer STATe.
Note: ON = 1 and OFF = 0.
G-3
Appendix G - [:MET] - Measurement Fields Using Meters
Commands
G-4
H
Appendix H - [:MULTI-B] - Measurement
Fields Using Multi-Burst
The syntax diagram below lists the optional commands that can be used with
multi-burst measurements.
H-1
Appendix H - [:MULTI-B] - Measurement Fields Using Multi-Burst
H-2
Appendix H - [:MULTI-B] - Measurement Fields Using Multi-Burst
Commands
Commands
MBURst:
MINimum
Returns the minimum value of a measurement over the number of bursts that have been
requested. The full syntax is;
MBURst:MINimum | [:MM]
MBURst:
MAXimum
Returns the maximum value of a measurement over the number of bursts that have been
requested. The full syntax is;
MBURst:MAXimum | [:MM]
MBURst:
MEAN
Returns the average value of the measurement over the number of bursts that have been
requested. The full syntax is;
MBURst:MEAN | [:MM]
MBURst:
LAST
Returns the value of the requested measurement in the last burst of the number of bursts that
have been requested. The full syntax is;
MBURst:LAST | [:MM]
MBURst:
WORSt
Returns the highest value of the maximum and minimum values across all the bursts made
during the multi-burst measurement. Note that the absolute value of the maximum and
minimum values are taken (that is, negative values become positive). The full syntax is;
MBURst:WORSt | [:MM]
H-3
Appendix H - [:MULTI-B] - Measurement Fields Using Multi-Burst
Commands
H-4
Download PDF

advertising